Каталог по самовосстанавливающимся предохранителям Littelfuse

Каталог по самовосстанавливающимся предохранителям Littelfuse
PRODUCT
CATALOG
& DESIGN
GUIDE
Positive Temperature Coefficient
(PTC) Thermistor Products
Littelfuse Circuit Prot
Solutions Portf
Consumer Electronics Telecom White Goods Medical Equipment TVSS and Power S
DESIGN SUPPORT
Live Application Design and Technical Support—Tap into our expertise. Littelfuse engineers are available around the world to help you address design challenges and develop
unique, customized solutions for your products.
Product Sampling Programs—Most of our products are available as samples for testing and
verification within your circuit design. Visit Littelfuse.com or contact a Littelfuse product
representative for additional information.
Product Evaluation Labs and Services—Littelfuse global labs are the hub of our new
product development initiatives, and also provide design and compliance support testing
as an added-value to our customers.
1
OVERVOLTAGE SUPPRESSION TECHNOLOGIES (1-6)
1. TVS Diodes — Suppress
overvoltage transients such
as Electrical Fast Transients
(EFT), inductive load switching
and lightning in a wide
variety of applications in the
computer, industrial, telecom
and automotive markets.
4. Gas Plasma Arrestors
(GDTs) — Available in small
footprint leaded and surface
mount configurations,
Littelfuse GDTs respond
fast to transient overvoltage
events, reducing the risk of
equipment damage.
2. Varistors — Multiple forms,
from Metal Oxide Varistors
(MOVs) that suppress transient
voltages to Multi-Layer Varistors
(MLVs) designed for applications
requiring protection from
various transients in computers
and handheld devices as well
as industrial and automotive
applications.
5. Silicon Protection
Arrays — Designed specifically
to protect analog and digital
signal lines from electrostatic
discharge (ESD) and other
overvoltage transients.
3. SIDACtor® Devices—
Complete line of protection
thyristor products specifically
designed to suppress
overvoltage transients in a
broad range of telecom and
datacom applications.
2
6. PulseGuard® ESD
Suppressors — Available in
various surface mount form
factors to protect high-speed
digital lines without causing
signal distortion.
Visit
tection
folio
Supplies Lighting General Electronics
3
5
SWITCHING
TECHNOLOGIES
ACCESSORIES
Switching Thyristors—
Solid-state switches used to
control the flow of electrical
current in applications, capable
of withstanding rated blocking/
off-state voltage until triggered
to on-state.
In addition to our broad portfolio
of circuit protection technologies,
we offer an array of fuse holders
including circuit board, panel
or in-line wire mounted devices
to support a wide range of
application requirements.
7
OVERCURRENT
PROTECTION
TECHNOLOGIES (7-8)
7. Positive Temperature
Coefficient Devices (PTCs)—
Provide resettable overcurrent
protection for a wide range of
applications.
4
6
www.littelfuse.com for more information.
8
8. Fuses — Full range including
surface mount, axial, glass or
ceramic, thin-film or Nano2®
style, fast-acting or SloBlo®,
MINI® and ATO ® fuses.
Positive Temperature Coefficient Thermistors (PTCs)
Littelfuse PTCs offer a resettable over-current protection alternative.
Ideal for situations where frequent over-current conditions occur or constant uptime
is required, PTCs are typically used in consumer electronics, power line, telecom,
I/O port, process control and medical equipment protection applications.
PTCs increase resistance as temperature increases due to increased current flow.
Designed to limit unsafe currents while allowing constant safe current levels,
resistance will “reset” automatically when the fault is removed and temperature
returns to a safe level.
Features
tFast and automatically resettable protection against fault currents
tLow operating resistance
tRoHS compliant, lead-free, and UR and TUV certified
t Available in a range of compact surface-mount, radial lead and battery strap options
t Hold Current (IHOLD) options spanning 0.05 - 14A
t Max Voltage (VMAX) options spanning 6 - 60V
t Maximum Fault Current options spanning 10 - 100 A
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PTC Characteristics and Terms
4-5
PTC Applications
6-7
Data Sheets: Surface Mount PTCs
0603L Series, 0603 Size, 0.10 – 0.35A (Ihold)
9
0805L Series, 0805 Size, 0.10 – 1.0A (Ihold)
15
1206L Series, 1206 Size, .125 – 1.50A (Ihold)
21
1210L Series, 1210 Size, 0.05 – 1.50A (Ihold)
27
1812L Series, 1812 Size, 0.10 – 2.60A (Ihold)
33
2016L Series, 2016 Size, 0.30 – 2.0A (Ihold)
39
2920L Series, 2920 Size, 0.30 – 3.0A (Ihold)
45
250S Series, 0.13A (Ihold)
51
Data Sheets: Radial Leaded PTCs
USBR Series, 0.75 – 2.50A (Ihold)
57
16R Series, 2.50 – 14.0A (Ihold)
63
30R Series, 0.90 – 9.0A (Ihold)
71
60R Series, 0.10 – 3.75A (Ihold)
79
72R Series, 0.20 – 3.75A (Ihold)
87
250R Series, 0.08 – 0.18A (Ihold)
95
600R Series, 0.15 – 0.16A (Ihold)
103
Data Sheets: Battery Strap PTCs
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
1
LR Series, 1.90 – 7.30A (Ihold)
111
LT Series, 0.70 – 3.40A (Ihold)
115
ST Series, 1.20 – 1.75A (Ihold)
119
VL Series, 1.70 – 2.30A (Ihold)
123
VT Series, 1.70 – 2.40A (Ihold)
127
Radial Leaded
2-3
Battery Strap
PTC Selection Worksheet & Product Tables
Surface Mount
Introduction
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
PTC Selection Worksheet
1. Define the circuit operating parameters.
Normal operating current in amperes:
Normal operating voltage in volts:
Maximum interrupt current:
Ambient temperature:
Typical overload current:
Required opening time at specified overload:
Transient pulses expected:
Agency approvals:
Mounting type/form factor:
Typical resistance (in circuit):
....................................................................................................
....................................................................................................
....................................................................................................
....................................................................................................
....................................................................................................
....................................................................................................
....................................................................................................
....................................................................................................
....................................................................................................
....................................................................................................
2. Select the proper circuit protection component.
(Refer to Table on Page 3 and specifications with Data Sheets)
3. Determine the opening time at fault.
Consult the Time-Current (T-C) Curve of each PTC series to determine if the
selected part will operate within the constraints of your application.
If the device opens too soon, the application may experience nuisance
operation. If the device does not open soon enough, the overcurrent may
damage downstream components.
To determine the opening time for the chosen device, locate the overload
current on the X-axis of the appropriate T-C Curve and follow its line up to its
intersection with the curve. At this point read the time tested on the Y-axis.
This is the average opening time for that device.
If your overload current falls to the right of the curve the device will open.
If the overload current is to the left of the curve, the device will not operate.
4. Verify ambient operating parameters.
Ensure that the application voltage is less than or equal to the device’s rated
voltage and that the operating temperature limits are within those specified
by the device.
5. Verify the device’s dimensions.
Compare the maximum dimensions of the device to the space available in
the application. The dimension of each product is included within each data
sheets on the following pages.
6. Test the selected product in an actual application.
2
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
PTC Selection Tables
Surface Mount
Type
Series
0603L
0805L
1206L
1210L
1812L
2016L
2920L
250S
Page #
9
15
21
27
33
39
45
51
Photo
Chip Size
0603 (1608)
0805 (2012)
1206 (3216)
1210 (3225)
1812 (4532)
2016 (5041)
2920 (7351)
Hold Current (IHOLD)
0.10 - 0.35 A
0.10 - 1.00 A
0.125 - 1.50 A
0.05 - 1.50 A
0.10 - 2.60 A
0.30 - 2.00 A
0.30 - 3.00 A
0.13A
Max Voltage (VMAX)
6 –15 V
6 –15 V
6 – 30 V
6 – 30 V
6 – 60 V
6 – 60 V
6 – 60 V
60 V
40 A
40 / 100 A
100 A
10 / 100 A
10 / 20 / 100 A
20 / 40 A
10 / 40 A
3A
Max Fault Current (IMAX)
Operating Temperature Range
-40°C to 85°C
Agency Approval
RoHS Compliant
YES
Lead-Free
YES
Radial Leaded
Type
Series
USBR
16R
30R
60R
72R
250R
600R
Page #
57
63
71
79
87
95
103
Hold Current (IHOLD)
0.75 - 2.50 A
2.50 - 14.00 A
0.90 - 9.00 A
0.10 - 3.75 A
0.20 - 3.75 A
0.08 - 0.18 A
0.15 - 0.16 A
Max Voltage (VMAX)
6 / 16 V
16 V
30 V
60 V
72 V
60 V
60 V
40 A
100 A
40 A
40 A
40 A
3 / 10 A
3A
Photo
Max Fault Current (IMAX)
Operating Temperature Range
-40°C to 85°C
Agency Approval
RoHS Compliant
YES
Lead-Free
YES
Battery Strap
Type
Series
LR
LT
ST
VL
VT
Page #
111
115
119
123
127
Hold Current (IHOLD)
1.90 - 7.30 A
0.70 - 3.40 A
1.20 - 1.75 A
1.70 - 2.30 A
1.70 - 2.40 A
Max Voltage (VMAX)
15 / 20 V
15 / 24V
15 V
12 V
16 V
Photo
Max Fault Current (IMAX)
Operating Temperature Range
100A
-40°C to 85°C
Agency Approval
RoHS Compliant
YES
Lead-Free
YES
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
3
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Introduction
Traditional Fuses Vs. PTCs
Overcurrent circuit protection can be accomplished
with the use of either a traditional fuse or PTC (positive
temperature coefficient) device.
Fuses and PTCs are both overcurrent protection
devices, though each offer their own unique operating
characteristics and benefits. Understanding the differences
between the two technologies should make the choice in
selection easier, depending on the application.
PTCs are typically used in a wide variety of telecom,
computer, consumer electronics, battery and medical
electronics product applications where overcurrent events
are common and automatic resettability desired.
The most obvious difference is that PTCs are automatically
resettable whereas traditional Fuses need to be replaced
after they they are tripped. Whereas a fuse will completely
stop the flow of current (which may be desired in critical
applications) after most similar overcurrent event, PTCs
continue to enable the equiment to function, except in
extreme cases.
Littelfuse offers PTCs with the following general forms and
features, and come in a variety of sizes and capacities:
Surface Mount Devices:
t "GVMMSBOHFPGDPNQBDUGPPUQSJOUT
t -PXIPMEDVSSFOU
t 7FSZGBTUUSJQUJNF
t -PXSFTJTUBODF
Because they reset automatically, many circuit designers
choose PTCs in instances where overcurrent events are
expected to occur often, and where maintaining low
warranty and service costs, constant system uptime, and/
or user transparency are at a premium. They are also often
chosen in circuits that are difficult to access in or remote
locations, were fuse replacement would be difficult.
Radial Leaded Series:
t 1SPUFDUJPOEFWJDFTVQUP7ED
t "WFSZIJHIIPMEDVSSFOU
t -PXUSJQUPIPMEDVSSFOUSBUJP
t -PXSFTJTUBODF
There are several other operating characteristics to be
considered that distinguish PTCs and fuses, and it is also
best to test and verify device performance before use
within the end application.
Battery Strap Devices:
t "OBSSPXMPXQSPmMFEFTJHO
t "XFMEBCMFCBOE/JDLFMUFSNJOBM
Littelfuse PTC Characteristics
t -PXSFTJTUBODFoGPSFYUFOEFECBUUFSZSVOUJNF
Both Polymeric (Positive Temperature Coefficient) PTC
and traditional Fuse devices react to heat generated by
the excessive current flow in a circuit. A fuse melts open,
interrupting the current flow whereas a PTC limits current
flow as it rises in temperature, changing from low to high
resistance state. In both cases this condition is called
"tripping." The graph at
right shows the typical
response of a PTC to
temperature.
Log resistance (ohms)
If your application requirements fall outside of our product
range, in certain instances we can offer customized
solutions. Please contact Littelfuse for more information.
Littelfuse Polymer PTCs
are made chiefly of high
density polyethylene
mixed with graphite.
Trip Point
During an overcurrent
event, a Polymer PTC
will heat and expand,
Temperature (C)
which in turn causes the
conducting particles to break contact and stop the current.
The general procedure for resetting the device after an
overload has occurred is to remove power and allow the
device to cool down.
4
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Leakage Current: When a PTC is in a "tripped state" it
protects the circuitry by limiting the current flow to a low
leakage level. Leakage current can range from less than
a hundred milliamps (mA) at rated voltage up to a few
hundred milliamps (mA) at lower voltages. Fuses on the
other hand completely interrupt the current flow when
tripped, and this open circuit results in no leakage current
when subjected to an overload current.
Time-Current Characteristic: Comparing the timecurrent curves of PTCs to time-current curves of fuses
show that the speed of response for a PTC is similar to the
time delay of a Slo-Blo® fuse.
Interrupting Rating: PTCs are rated for a maximum
Ambient temperature effects are in addition to the normal
rerating. PTCs hold and trip rating must be rerated when
applied at conditions other than room ambient. For
example, any rise in ambient temperature will decrease the
hold current rating as well as the trip current. A reduction in
ambient temperature will increase the trip current as well
as the hold current.
Temperature Rerating: The useful upper limit for a
PTC is generally 85ºC, while the maximum operating
temperature for fuses is 125ºC.
short circuit current at rated voltage also known as
"breaking capacity" or Imax. This fault current level is the
maximum current that the device can withstand safely,
keeping in mind that the PTC will not actually interrupt
the current flow (see Leakage Current above). A typical
Littelfuse PTC short circuit rating is 40A; or for the battery
strap PTCs, this value can reach 100A. Fuses do in fact
interrupt the current flow in response to the overload
and the range of interrupting ratings, vary from tens of
amperes (A) up to 10,000 (A) amperes at rated
voltage.
The temperature rerating curves in the table below
compare PTCs to fuses and illustrate that more rerating is
required for a PTC at a given temperature.
Temperature Rerating Curves Comparing PTCs to Fuses
Littelfuse PTCs are not rated above 60V while
fuses are rated up to 600V.
Hold Current Rating: The hold (operating)
current rating for PTCs can be up to 14A, while
the maximum level for fuses can exceed 30A.
Resistance: Reviewing product
specifications indicates that similarly rated
PTCs have about twice (sometimes more) the
resistance of fuses.
Chart Key
C
140
Curve A
Thin-Film Fuses and 313
Series (.010 to .150A)
Curve B
FLAT-PAK®, Nano2®,
PICO®, Blade Terminal,
Special Purpose and
other leaded and
cartridge fuses
(except 313.010 – .150A)
120
PERCENT OF RATING
Operating Voltage Rating: General use
A
B
100
B
80
A
60
25°C
Curve C
Resettable PTCs
40
C
20
-60°C
-76°F
-40°C
-40°F
-20°C
-4°F
0°C
32°F
20°C
68°F
40°C
104°F
60°C
140°F
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
Agency Approvals: Littelfuse PTCs are
Recognized under the Component Program
of Underwriters Laboratories to UL Standard
1434 for Thermistors. The devices have also
been certified under the CSA Component Acceptance
Program. Approvals for fuses include Recognition under
the Component Program of Underwriters Laboratories and
the CSA Component Acceptance Program. In addition,
many fuses are available with full "Listing" in accordance
with the new Supplementary Fuse Standard UL/CSA/ANCE
(Mexico) 248-14. Supplemental fuses.
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
5
80°C
176°F
100°C
212°F
120°C
248°F
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
PTC Product Applications
PTCs are typically used as circuit protection in applications
where sensitive components are at constant risk of
damage from overcurrent conditions. The ability of PTCs to
reset themselves after exposure to a fault current makes
them ideal within circuits that are not easily accessible to a
user or technician or where constant uptime is required.
The chart below is meant as a quick guide in narrowing to
a Littelfuse PTC device that may be appropriate to certain
end applications.
For detailed application assistance please contact a
Littelfuse product specialist or visit our new reference
design center at http://www.littelfuse.com/designcenter.
Typical applications include port protection on personal
computers (USB, Firewire, keyboard/mouse, and serial
ports), peripherals (hard drives, video cards, and hubs), cell
phone, battery packs, industrial controls, lighting ballast
and motor controls.
For detailed product specifications, please consult the
Littelfuse PTC datasheets within this Catalog or visit
http://www.littelfuse.com/PTCs.
SURFACE MOUNT
Series Name
0603L
0805L
1206L
1210L
1812L
RADIAL LEADED
2016L
2920L
250S
USBR
16R
30R
60R
72R
BATTERY STRAP
250R
600R
LR
LT
ST
VL
VT
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Telecom
Application
Ul60950 ,TIA-968-A, GR-1089 Req’s
X
X
X
ITU-T Recoomendations
X
X
X
CPE (Customer Premises Equipment)
X
X
X
Analog Line Card
X
X
X
T1/E1/J1 And HDSL
X
X
X
ISDN
X
X
X
ADSL
X
X
X
Cable Telephony
X
X
X
PBX/KTS And Key Telephone System
CPU
X
X
X
Consumer
Electronics
Computer
USB
X
X
X
IEEE1284 Parallel Data Bus
IEEE 802.3
IEEE 1394
I/O Ports
PC Card
SCSI
Video Port
LCD Monitor
Set Top Box
Loudspeaker
Smart Card Reader
Mobile Phone
Linear AC/DC Adapter
Portable Electronic Input Port
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Lithium Cell
Battery Pack
Voltage / Current Input Terminal
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Electromagnetic Loads, Motor
Solenoid Protection
Medical
Battery
electronic
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
NOTE: The application summary is for reference only. Determination of suitability for a specific application is the responsibility of the customer.
6
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Typical PTC Circuit Protection Designs
The following are examples of typical circuits using
Littelfuse PTCs in combination with other Littelfuse circuit
protection devices to provide a comprehensive protection
solution. Contact a Littelfuse application expert for design
assistance or visit www.littelfuse.com/designcenter or
http://www.littelfuse.com/PTCs for additional information.
Be sure to to veryify specifications and test device
performance before use in the end application.
POWER OVER ETHERNET
LI-ION BATTERY PACK
Switch/Hub
Powered End Station
PTC
PTC
Battery Connector
Data Pair
Battery Controller IC
Data Pair
Battery +
Cell Phone
Battery -
Power Source
Equipment
(PSE)
Powered
Device
(PD)
Data Pair
Control
(3) V5.5MLA0402
(Multilayer
Varistor)
Data Pair
Signal
Ground
Shield
Ground
USB 1.1
USB 2.0
PTC
PTC
USB Port
VBU
USB Controller
V5.5MLA063
1206L150
Outside World
V5.5MLA0603
1206L150
Outside World
USB Port
USB Controller
D+
D-
(2) V0402MHS03
VBUS
D+
D-
(2) PGB1010603
(PulseGuard®
ESD Suppressor)
Signal
Ground
Signal
Ground
Shield
Ground
Shield
Ground
IEEE 1394 - FIREWIRE
TIP/RING CIRCUIT - METALLIC
PTC
PTC
1394 Port
V33MLA1206
1812L110/33
Tip
Telco
Outside World
Tx/Rx Circuits
VBU
TPA+
TPATPB+
TPB-
600R Series
250R Series
SMD/leaded
SIDACtor®
Device
Ring
(4) PGB1010603
(PulseGuard®
ESD Suppressor)
Shield
Ground
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
RJ11 Connector
1394 Controller
Signal
Ground
Signal
Ground
7
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 0603L Series
0603L Series
Description
The new 0603L Series PTC provides surface mount
overcurrent protection for applications where space is at
a premium and resettable protection is desired.
Agency Approvals
AGENCY
t-PXSFTJTUBODF
t-PXQSPmMF
t$PNQBUJCMFXJUIIJHI
temperature solders
t3P)4DPNQMJBOUBOE
lead-free
t'BTUSFTQPOTFUPGBVMU
currents
t$PNQBDUEFTJHOTBWFT
board space
AGENCY FILE NUMBER
Applications
E183209
t1%"TEJHJUBMDBNFSBT
t(BNFDPOTPMFQPSU
protection
t64#QFSJQIFSBMT
t%JTLESJWFT
t$%30.T
t1MVHBOEQMBZQSPUFDUJPO
for motherboards and
peripherals
R50119118
Electrical Characteristics
I trip
(A)
V max
(Vdc)
I max
(A)
Pd
max.
(W)
Part Number
Marking
I hold
(A)
0603L010
C
0.10
0.30
15
40
0.5
0603L020
H
0.20
0.50
9
40
0603L025
I
0.25
0.55
9
40
0603L035
F
0.35
0.75
6
40
Maximum Time
To Trip
Resistance
Agency
Approvals
Current
(A)
Time
(Sec.)
R min
(Ω)
R 1max
(Ω)
0.50
1.00
0.900
6.000
X
X
0.5
1.00
0.60
0.550
3.500
X
X
0.5
8.00
0.08
0.500
3.000
X
X
0.5
8.00
0.10
0.200
1.000
X
X
I hold = Hold current: maximum current device will pass without tripping in 20°C still air.
I trip = Trip current: minimum current at which the device will trip in 20°C still air.
V max = Maximum voltage device can withstand without damage at rated current (I max)
I max = Maximum fault current device can withstand without damage at rated voltage (Vmax)
P d = Power dissipated from device when in the tripped state at 20°C still air.
R min = Minimum resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
R 1max = Maximum resistance of device at 20°C measured one hour after tripping or reflow soldering of 260°C for 20 sec.
Caution: Operation beyond the specified rating may result in damage and possible arcing and flame.
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/0603L.html for current information.
9
0603L Series
0603L Series
Features
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 0603L Series
Temperature Rerating
Ambient Operation Temperature
-40°C
-20°C
0°C
23°C
0603L010
0.13
0.12
0.11
0.10
50°C
60°C
70°C
85°C
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.03
0603L020
0.27
0.25
0.23
0.20
0603L025
0.32
0.29
0.27
0.25
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.07
0.21
0.18
0.16
0.14
0603L035
0.47
0.41
0.38
0.35
0.29
0.10
0.26
0.24
0.20
0.14
Hold Current (A)
Part Number
Average Time Current Curves
0.08
0.10A
0.20A
0.25A
0.35A
Temperature Rerating Curve
170%
0603L
150%
Percentage of Rated Current
100
10
Time in Seconds
40°C
130%
110%
90%
70%
50%
30%
10%
1
-40 -30 -20
-10
0
10
20 30
40
Temperature (°C)
50
60
70
80
0.1
0.01
0.1
1
10
100
Current in Amperes
The average time current curves and Temperature Rerating curve performance is affected
by a number or variables, and these curves provided as guidance only. Customer must
verify the performance in their application.
0603L Series
10
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/0603L.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 0603L Series
Profile Feature
Pb-Free Assembly
Average Ramp-Up Rate (TS(max) to TP)
3°C/second max
Pre Heat:
Temperature Min (Ts(min))
150°C
Temperature Max (Ts(max))
200°C
Time (Min to Max) (ts)
60 – 180 secs
Time Maintained Temperature (TL)
217°C
Above:
60 – 150 seconds
Temperature (tL)
Peak / Classification Temperature (TP)
260+0/-5 °C
Time within 5°C of actual peak
Temperature (tp)
20 – 40 seconds
Ramp-down Rate
6°C/second max
Time 25°C to peak Temperature (TP)
8 minutes Max.
-- All temperature refer to topside of the package, measured on the package body surface
-- If reflow temperature exceeds the recommended profile, devices may not meet the
performance requirements
-- Recommended reflow methods: IR, vapor phase oven, hot air oven, N2 environment for
lead
-- Recommended maximum paste thickness is 0.25mm (0.010inch)
-- Devices can be cleaned using standard industry methods and solvents
-- Devices can be reworked using the standard industry practices
Physical Specifications
Environmental Specifications
Terminal Material
Solder-Plated Copper
(Solder Material: Matte Tin (Sn))
Operating/Storage
Temperature
-40°C to +85°C
Lead Solderability
Meets EIA Specification RS186-9E,
ANSI/J-STD-002, Category 3.
Maximum Device Surface
Temperature in Tripped State
125°C
Passive Aging
+85°C, 1000 hours
-/+10% typical resistance change
Humidity Aging
+85°C, 85% R.H.,100 hours
-/+15% typical resistance change
Thermal Shock
MIL–STD–202, Method 107G
+85°C/-40°C 20 times
-30% typical resistance change
Solvent Resistance
MIL–STD–202, Method 215
No change
Vibration
MIL–STD–883C, Method 2007.1,
Condition A
No change
Moisture Sensitivity Level
Level 2, J–STD–020C
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/0603L.html for current information.
11
0603L Series
0603L Series
Soldering Parameters
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 0603L Series
Dimensions
C
A
Solder Pad Layout
Top
View
Side
View
B
Pad
Layout
Marking code varies with
amperage rating -- See
Electrical Characteristics table
Bottom
View
D
Inch
Min
1mm
(.039”)
1mm
(.039”)
1mm
(.039”)
E
A
Part
Number
0.8mm
(.032”)
B
mm
Max
Min
Max
C
Inch
Min
Max
mm
Min
Max
Inch
Min
Max
D
mm
Min
Max
Inch
Min
Max
E
mm
Inch
mm
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
0603L010
.055 .071 1.40 1.80 .024 .039 0.60 1.00 .016 .030 0.40 0.75 .006 .020 0.15
0.50
.004
.016
0.10
0.40
0603L020
.055 .071 1.40 1.80 .024 .039 0.60 1.00 .016 .030 0.40 0.75 .006 .020 0.15
0.50
.004
.016
0.10
0.40
0603L025
.055 .071 1.40 1.80 .024 .039 0.60 1.00 .016 .030 0.40 0.75 .006 .020 0.15
0.50
.004
.016
0.10
0.40
0603L035
.055 .071 1.40 1.80 .024 .039 0.60 1.00 .030 .061 0.75 1.55
0.50
.004
.016
0.10
0.40
.006 .020 0.15
Part Ordering Number System
0603 L 035 Y R
SERIES
PACKAGING STYLE
R: Tape & Reel
QUANTITY CODE
Y: 4000
I HOLD HOLD CURRENT CODE
Please refer to table below
L: LITTELFUSE SURFACE MOUNT PPTC
SIZE
Packaging
Part Number
Ordering Number
I hold
(A)
I hold Code
Packaging
Option
Quantity
Quantity &
Packaging Codes
0603L010
0603L010YR
0.10
010
Tape and Reel
4000
YR
0603L020
0603L020YR
0.20
020
Tape and Reel
4000
YR
0603L025
0603L025YR
0.25
025
Tape and Reel
4000
YR
0603L035
0603L035YR
0.35
035
Tape and Reel
4000
YR
0603L Series
12
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/0603L.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 0603L Series
Tape and Reel Specifications
TAPE SPECIFICATIONS: EIA-481-1 (mm)
0603L010
0603L020
0603L025
REEL DIMENSIONS:
EIA-481-1 (mm)
0603L035
W
8.0+/- 0.30
8.0+/- 0.30
H
12.0+/- 0.05
F
3.5+/- 0.05
3.5+/- 0.05
W
9.0+/- 0.5
E1
1.75+/- 0.10
1.75+/- 0.10
D
Ø60+0.5
1.55+/- 0.05
1.55+/- 0.05
F
Ø13.0 +/- 0.2
0.5(min)
0.5 (min)
C
Ø178 +/- 1.0
P0
4.0+/- 0.10
4.0+/- 0.10
H1
11+/- 0.5
P1
4.0+/- 0.10
4.0+/- 0.10
W1
2.2+/- 0.5
P2
2.0+/- 0.05
2.0+/- 0.05
W2
3.0+0.5
A0
1.10+/- 0.10
1.10+/- 0.10
W3
4.0+0.5
W4
5.5+0.5
B0
1.92+/- 0.10
1.92+/- 0.10
T
0.20+/- 0.10
0.20+/- 0.10
K0
0.72+/- 0.10
0.96+/- 0.10
Leader min.
390
390
Trailer min.
160
160
0603L Series
D0
D1
Tape and Reel Diagram
H
P1
P2
D0
E1
P0
W4
W3
D
F
W
T
W2
W
F
D2
C
W1
A0
K0
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/0603L.html for current information.
H1
B0
13
0603L Series
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 0805L Series
0805L Series
Description
The 0805L Series device provides surface mount
overcurrent protection for applications where space is at
a premium and resettable protection is desired.
Agency Approvals
AGENCY
t-PXSFTJTUBODF
t-PXQSPmMF
t$PNQBUJCMFXJUIIJHI
temperature solders
t3P)4DPNQMJBOUBOE
lead-free
t'BTUSFTQPOTFUPGBVMU
currents
t$PNQBDUEFTJHOTBWFT
board space
AGENCY FILE NUMBER
Applications
E183209
t.PCJMFQIPOFTCBUUFSZ
and port protection
t%JTLESJWFT
t1%"TEJHJUBMDBNFSBT
t(BNFDPOTPMFQPSU
protection
t64#QFSJQIFSBMT
t%JTLESJWFT
t$%30.T
t1MVHBOEQMBZQSPUFDUJPO
for motherboards and
peripherals
R50119118
Electrical Characteristics
I trip
(A)
V max
(Vdc)
I max
(A)
Pd
max.
(W)
Part Number
Marking
I hold
(A)
0805L010
A
0.10
0.30
15
100
0805L020
C
0.20
0.50
9
0805L035
E
0.35
0.75
6
0805L050
F
0.50
1.00
0805L075
G
0.75
1.50
0805L100
N
1.0
1.95
Maximum Time
To Trip
Agency
Approvals
Resistance
Current
(A)
Time
(Sec.)
R min
(Ω)
R typ
(Ω)
R 1max
(Ω)
0.5
0.50
1.50
1.000
3.500
6.000
X
X
100
0.5
8.00
0.02
0.650
2.000
3.500
X
X
100
0.5
8.00
0.10
0.250
0.750
1.200
X
X
6
100
0.5
8.00
0.10
0.150
0.500
0.850
X
X
6
40
0.6
8.00
0.20
0.090
–
0.350
X
X
6
40
0.6
8.00
0.30
0.060
–
0.210
X
X
I hold = Hold current: maximum current device will pass without tripping in 20°C still air.
R typ = Typical resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
I trip = Trip current: minimum current at which the device will trip in 20°C still air.
R 1max = Maximum resistance of device at 20°C measured one hour after tripping or reflow
soldering of 260°C for 20 sec.
V max = Maximum voltage device can withstand without damage at rated current (I max)
Caution: Operation beyond the specified rating may result in damage and possible arcing
and flame.
I max = Maximum fault current device can withstand without damage at rated voltage (Vmax)
P d = Power dissipated from device when in the tripped state at 20°C still air.
R min = Minimum resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/0805L.html for current information.
15
0805L Series
0805L Series
Features
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 0805L Series
Temperature Rerating
Ambient Operation Temperature
-40°C
-20°C
0°C
23°C
0805L010
0.14
0.12
0.11
0.10
0805L020
0.28
0.25
0.23
0.20
0805L035
0.47
0.44
0.39
0805L050
0.68
0.62
0.55
0805L075
1.00
0.90
0805L100
1.35
1.25
50°C
60°C
70°C
85°C
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.03
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.07
0.35
0.30
0.27
0.24
0.20
0.14
0.50
0.40
0.37
0.33
0.29
0.23
0.79
0.75
0.63
0.57
0.53
0.41
0.34
1.10
1.00
0.82
0.74
0.65
0.55
0.42
Hold Current (A)
Part Number
Average Time Current Curves
Temperature Rerating Curve
0.10A
0.20A
0.35A
0.50A
0.75A
1.00A
170%
150%
Percentage of Rated Current
0805L
100000
10000
1000
Time in Seconds
40°C
130%
110%
90%
70%
50%
30%
10%
100
-40 -30 -20
-10
0
10
20 30
40
Temperature (°C)
50
60
70
80
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.1
1
10
100
Current in Amperes
The average time current curves and Temperature Rerating curve performance is affected
by a number or variables, and these curves provided as guidance only. Customer must
verify the performance in their application.
0805L Series
16
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/0805L.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 0805L Series
Soldering Parameters
260°C / 10 Sec
Time above liquids (TAL) 220°C
60 Sec ~ 100 Sec
Preheat 120°C~ 180°C
50 Sec ~ 150 Sec
0°C~35°C, <
=70%RH
Storage Condition
Soldering
260
Cooling
220
t3FDPNNFOEFESFnPXNFUIPET*3WBQPSQIBTFPWFOIPUBJS
oven, N2 environment for lead–free
t3FDPNNFOEFENBYJNVNQBTUFUIJDLOFTTJTNNJODI
t%FWJDFTDBOCFDMFBOFEVTJOHTUBOEBSEJOEVTUSZNFUIPETBOE
solvents.
Note: If reflow temperatures exceed the recommended profile,
devices may not meet the performance requirements.
Preheating
180
120
0
50 to 150
60 to 100
0805L Series
Reflow
Peak Temp/ Duration Time
Temperature (°C)
Condition
120
Time(s)
Physical Specifications
Environmental Specifications
Terminal Material
Solder-Plated Copper
(Solder Material: Matte Tin (Sn))
Operating/Storage
Temperature
-40°C to +85°C
Lead Solderability
Meets EIA Specification RS186-9E,
ANSI/J-STD-002, Category 3
Maximum Device Surface
Temperature in Tripped
State
125°C
Passive Aging
+85°C, 1000 hours
-/+5% typical resistance change
Humidity Aging
+85°C, 85%, R.H.,1000 hours
-/+5% typical resistance change
Thermal Shock
MIL–STD–202, Method 107G
+85°C/-40°C 20 times
-30% typical resistance change
Solvent Resistance
MIL–STD–202, Method 215
No change
Vibration
MIL–STD–883C, Method 2007.1,
Condition A
No change
Moisture Sensitivity Level
Level 2, J–STD–020C
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/0805L.html for current information.
17
0805L Series
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 0805L Series
Dimensions
MARKING CODE VARIES
WITH AMPERAGE RATING
(See Electrical Characteristic Table)
SHOWN IS 1.0AMP RATING
C
A
Top
View
N
Bottom
View
N
Side
View
B
1.20 mm
(.047)
Pad
Layout
D
E
1.50 mm
(.059)
1.00 mm
(.040)
A
Part
Number
B
Inches
0805L010
mm
C
Inches
mm
Inches
D
mm
E
Inches mm
Inches
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
Min.
Min.
0.08
0.01
0.20 0.004 0.02
0.09
2.00
2.20
0.05
0.06
1.20
1.50
0.02
0.04
0.55
1.00
Min
mm
Max. Min. Max.
0.10
0.45
0805L020
0.08
0.09
2.00
2.20
0.05
0.06
1.20
1.50
0.02
0.04
0.55
1.00
0.01
0.20 0.004 0.02
0.10
0.45
0805L035
0.08
0.09
2.00
2.20
0.05
0.06
1.20
1.50
0.02
0.03
0.45
0.75
0.01
0.20 0.004 0.02
0.10
0.45
0805L050
0.08
0.09
2.00
2.20
0.05
0.06
1.20
1.50
0.03
0.05
0.75
1.25
0.01
0.20 0.004 0.02
0.10
0.45
0805L075
0.08
0.09
2.00
2.20
0.05
0.06
1.20
1.50
0.03
0.05
0.75
1.25
0.01
0.20 0.006 0.02
0.15
0.45
0805L100
0.08
0.09
2.00
2.20
0.05
0.06
1.20
1.50
0.03
0.07
0.80
1.80
0.01
0.20 0.006 0.02
0.15
0.45
Part Ordering Number System
0805 L 100 W R
PACKAGING STYLE
R: Tape & Reel
SERIES
QUANTITY CODE: W=3000 Y=4000
I HOLD HOLD CURRENT CODE(SEE TABLE BELOW)
L: LITTELFUSE SURFACE MOUNT PPTC
SIZE
Packaging
Part Number
Ordering
Number
I hold
(A)
I hold Code
Packaging
Option
Quantity
Quantity &
Packaging Codes
0805L010
0805L010YR
0.10
010
Tape and Reel
4000
YR
0805L020
0805L020YR
0.20
020
Tape and Reel
4000
YR
0805L035
0805L035YR
0.35
035
Tape and Reel
4000
YR
0805L050
0805L050WR
0.50
050
Tape and Reel
3000
WR
0805L075
0805L075WR
0.75
075
Tape and Reel
3000
WR
0805L100
0805L100WR
1.00
100
Tape and Reel
3000
WR
0805L Series
18
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/0805L.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 0805L Series
Tape and Reel Specifications
TAPE SPECIFICATIONS: EIA-481-1 (mm)
0805L050
0805L075
REEL DIMENSIONS:
EIA-481-1 (mm)
0805L100
W
8.0+/- 0.10
8.0+/- 0.10
8.0+/- 0.10
8.0+/- 0.10
H
12.0+/- 0.05
F
3.5+/- 0.05
3.5+/- 0.05
3.5+/- 0.05
3.5+/- 0.05
W
9.0+/- 0.5
E1
1.75+/- 0.10
1.75+/- 0.10
1.75+/- 0.10
1.75+/- 0.10
D
Ø60+0.5
D0
1.55+/- 0.05
1.55+/- 0.05
1.55+/- 0.05
1.55+/- 0.05
F
Ø13.0+/- 0.2
D1
1.0 (min)
1.0 (min)
1.0 (min)
1.0 (min)
C
Ø178+/- 1.0
P0
4.0+/- 0.10
4.0+/- 0.10
4.0+/- 0.10
4.0+/- 0.10
H1
11+/- 0.5
P1
4.0+/- 0.10
4.0+/- 0.10
4.0+/- 0.10
4.0+/- 0.10
W1
2.2+/- 0.5
P2
2.0+/- 0.05
2.0+/- 0.05
2.0+/- 0.05
2.0+/- 0.05
W2
3.0+0.5
A0
1.45+/- 0.10
1.42+/- 0.10
1.65+/- 0.10
1.65+/- 0.10
W3
4.0+0.5
B0
2.30+/- 0.10
2.24+/- 0.10
2.35+/- 0.10
2.35+/- 0.10
W4
5.5+0.5
T
0.25+/- 0.10
0.20+/- 0.10
0.20+/- 0.10
0.25+/- 0.10
K0
0.74+/- 0.10
1.04+/- 0.10
1.05+/- 0.10
1.50+/- 0.10
Leader min.
390
390
390
390
Trailer min.
160
160
160
160
0805L Series
0805L010
0805L020
0805L035
Tape and Reel Diagram
H
P1
P2
D0
E1
P0
W4
W3
D
F
W
T
W2
W
F
D2
C
W1
A0
K0
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/0805L.html for current information.
H1
B0
19
0805L Series
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 1206L Series
1206L Series
Description
The 1206L Series device provides surface mount
overcurrent protection for applications where space is at a
premium and resettable protection is desired.
t-PXSFTJTUBODF
t-PXQSPmMF
t$PNQBUJCMFXJUIIJHI
temperature solders
t3P)4DPNQMJBOUBOE
lead-free
t'BTUSFTQPOTFUPGBVMU
currents
t$PNQBDUEFTJHOTBWFT
board space
Agency Approvals
AGENCY
Applications
AGENCY FILE NUMBER
t64#QFSJQIFSBMT
t%JTLESJWFT
t$%30.T
t1MVHBOEQMBZQSPUFDUJPO
for motherboards and
peripherals
E183209
R50119118
t.PCJMFQIPOFTCBUUFSZ
and port protection
t%JTLESJWFT
t1%"TEJHJUBMDBNFSBT
t(BNFDPOTPMFQPSU
protection
Electrical Characteristics
I trip
(A)
V max
(Vdc)
I max
(A)
Pd
max.
(W)
Part Number
Marking
I hold
(A)
1206L012
A
0.125
0.29
30
100
0.6
Maximum Time
To Trip
Agency
Approvals
Resistance
Current
(A)
Time
(Sec.)
R min
(Ω)
R typ
(Ω)
R 1max
(Ω)
1.00
0.20
1.500
3.600
6.000
X
X
1206L016
B
0.16
0.37
30
100
0.6
1.00
0.30
1.200
2.800
4.500
X
X
1206L020–C
C
0.20
0.42
24
100
0.6
8.00
0.10
0.650
1.550
2.600
X
X
1206L025–C
D
0.25
0.50
16
100
0.6
8.00
0.08
0.550
1.400
2.300
X
X
1206L035–C
E
0.35
0.75
6
100
0.6
8.00
0.10
0.300
0.750
1.200
X
X
1206L035/16
J
0.35
0.75
16
100
0.6
8.00
0.10
0.300
0.750
1.200
X
X
1206L050–C
F
0.50
1.00
6
100
0.6
8.00
0.10
0.150
0.400
0.700
X
X
1206L050/15
M
0.50
1.00
15
100
0.6
8.00
0.10
0.150
0.400
0.750
X
X
1206L075–C
G
0.75
1.50
6
100
0.6
8.00
0.20
0.090
0.200
0.290
X
X
1206L100
N
1.00
1.80
6
100
0.8
8.00
0.30
0.055
0.110
0.210
X
X
1206L110–C
H
1.10
2.20
6
100
0.8
8.00
0.30
0.040
0.110
0.180
X
X
1206L150–C
K
1.50
3.00
6
100
0.8
8.00
1.00
0.040
0.080
0.120
X
X
I hold = Hold current: maximum current device will pass without tripping in 20°C still air.
P d = Power dissipated from device when in the tripped state at 20°C still air.
I trip = Trip current: minimum current at which the device will trip in 20°C still air.
R min = Minimum resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
V max = Maximum voltage device can withstand without damage at rated current (I max)
R typ = Typical resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
I max = Maximum fault current device can withstand without damage at rated voltage (Vmax)
R 1max = Maximum resistance of device at 20°C measured one hour after tripping or reflow
soldering of 260°C for 20 sec.
Caution: Operation beyond the specified rating may result in damage and possible arcing and flame.
Note: Labeling and documentation will vary in displaying –C for some items in this product series. There is no difference whether ordered or received with or without the –C.
See Ordering Number System section of this document for additional information.
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/1206L.html for current information.
21
1206L Series
1206L Series
Features
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 1206L Series
Temperature Rerating
Ambient Operation Temperature
-40°C
-20°C
0°C
23°C
1206L012
0.18
0.16
0.14
0.125
1206L016
0.22
0.20
0.18
0.16
1206L020–C
0.28
0.25
0.23
0.20
1206L025–C
0.37
0.33
0.29
0.25
1206L035–C
0.50
0.45
0.40
0.35
1206L035/16
0.50
0.45
0.40
40°C
50°C
60°C
70°C
85°C
0.10
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.05
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.08
0.17
0.15
0.14
0.12
0.09
0.22
0.20
0.17
0.15
0.12
0.30
0.27
0.24
0.21
0.15
0.35
0.30
0.27
0.24
0.21
0.15
Hold Current (A)
Part Number
1206L050–C
0.71
0.64
0.57
0.50
0.42
0.39
0.35
0.31
0.25
1206L050/15
0.71
0.64
0.57
0.50
0.42
0.39
0.35
0.31
0.25
1206L075–C
1.14
1.01
0.88
0.75
0.65
0.59
0.54
0.49
0.41
1206L100
1.45
1.31
1.15
1.00
0.84
0.77
0.69
0.61
0.48
1206L110–C
1.52
1.37
1.25
1.10
0.92
0.82
0.75
0.64
0.52
1206L150–C
2.18
1.94
1.72
1.50
1.28
1.17
1.06
0.96
0.77
Temperature Rerating Curve
100000
170%
150%
Percentage of Rated Current
0.12A
0.16A
0.20A
0.25A
0.35A
0.35A/15V
0.50A
0.50A/15V
0.75A
1.0A
1.1A
1.5A
2.0A
Average Time Current Curves
1206L
10000
110%
90%
70%
50%
30%
1000
Time in Seconds
130%
10%
-40 -30 -20
100
-10
0
10
20 30
40
Temperature (°C)
50
60
70
80
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.1
1
10
100
Current in Amperes
The average time current curves and Temperature Rerating curve performance is affected
by a number or variables, and these curves provided as guidance only. Customer must
verify the performance in their application.
1206L Series
22
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/1206L.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 1206L Series
Soldering Parameters
Reflow
Peak Temp/ Duration Time
260°C / 10 Sec
Time above liquids (TAL) 220°C
60 Sec ~ 100 Sec
Preheat 120°C~ 180°C
50 Sec ~ 150 Sec
Storage Condition
0°C~35°C, 70%RH
Soldering
260
Cooling
220
Temperature (°C)
Condition
t3FDPNNFOEFESFnPXNFUIPET*3WBQPSQIBTFPWFOIPUBJS
oven, N2 environment for lead–free
Preheating
180
120
t%FWJDFTDBOCFDMFBOFEVTJOHTUBOEBSEJOEVTUSZNFUIPETBOE
solvents.
0
50 to 150
Note: If reflow temperatures exceed the recommended profile,
devices may not meet the performance requirements.
60 to 100
1206L Series
t3FDPNNFOEFENBYJNVNQBTUFUIJDLOFTTJTNNJODI
120
Time(s)
Environmental Specifications
Physical Specifications
Terminal Material
Solder-Plated Copper (Solder Material:
Matte Tin (Sn))
Operating/Storage
Temperature
-40°C to +85°C
Lead Solderability
Meets EIA Specification RS186-9E,
ANSI/J-STD-002 Category 3.
Maximum Device Surface
Temperature in Tripped
State
125°C
Passive Aging
+85°C, 1000 hours
-/+5% typical resistance change
Humidity Aging
+85°C, 85%, R.H.,1000 hours
-/+5% typical resistance change
Thermal Shock
MIL–STD–202, Method 107G
+85°C/-40°C 20 times
-30% typical resistance change
Solvent Resistance
MIL–STD–202, Method 215
No change
Vibration
MIL–STD–883C, Method 2007.1,
Condition A
No change
Moisture Sensivity Level
Level 2, J–STD–020C
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/1206L.html for current information.
23
1206L Series
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 1206L Series
Dimensions
Part Ordering Number System
MARKING CODE VARIES
WITH AMPERAGE RATING
(SEE ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS CHART)
SHOWN IS 1.0 AMP RATING
1206 L 035 /16 W R
PACKAGING STYLE
R: Tape & Reel
C
A
N
Top
View
/XX: SPECIAL VOLTAGE RATING
(Not applicable to all parts. Refer to
Electrical Characteristics Table)
1.80 mm
(.071)
Pad
Layout
I HOLD HOLD CURRENT CODE
(Refer to Electrical Characteristics Table)
1.80 mm
(.071)
L: LITTELFUSE SURFACE MOUNT PPTC
SIZE
D
Part
Number
QUANTITY CODE: W=3000 Y=4000 P=2000
-C: MANUFACTURING LOCATION CODE*
(Not applicable to all parts. See Note below)
Side
View
B
N
Bottom
View
SERIES
E
1.00 mm
(.040)
*NOTE: Labeling and documentation will vary in displaying –C for some items in this
product series. There is no difference whether ordered or received with or without the –C.
A
B
Inches
mm
C
Inches
mm
Inches
D
mm
E
Inches mm
Inches
Min
mm
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
Min.
Min.
Max. Min. Max.
1206L012
0.12
0.14
3
3.5
0.06
0.07
1.5
1.8
0.03
0.06
0.65
1.45
0.01
0.2
0.004 0.02
0.1
0.45
1206L016
0.12
0.14
3
3.5
0.06
0.07
1.5
1.8
0.03
0.06
0.65
1.45
0.01
0.2
0.004 0.02
0.1
0.45
1206L020–C
0.12
0.14
3
3.5
0.06
0.07
1.5
1.8
0.02
0.04
0.5
1
0.01
0.2
0.004 0.02
0.1
0.45
1206L025–C
0.12
0.14
3
3.5
0.06
0.07
1.5
1.8
0.02
0.04
0.5
1
0.01
0.2
0.004 0.02
0.1
0.45
1206L035–C
0.12
0.14
3
3.5
0.06
0.07
1.5
1.8
0.02
0.03
0.45
0.75
0.01
0.2
0.004 0.02
0.1
0.45
1206L035/16
0.12
0.14
3
3.5
0.06
0.07
1.5
1.8
0.02
0.03
0.45
0.75
0.01
0.2
0.004 0.02
0.1
0.45
1206L050–C
0.12
0.14
3
3.5
0.06
0.07
1.5
1.8
0.02
0.03
0.45
0.75
0.01
0.2
0.004 0.02
0.1
0.45
1206L050/15
0.12
0.14
3
3.5
0.06
0.07
1.5
1.8
0.02
0.03
0.45
0.75
0.01
0.2
0.004 0.02
0.1
0.45
1206L075–C
0.12
0.14
3
3.5
0.06
0.07
1.5
1.8
0.02
0.05
0.45
1.25
0.01
0.2
0.004 0.02
0.1
0.45
1206L100
0.12
0.13
3
3.4
0.06
0.07
1.5
1.8
0.03
0.04
0.75
1
0.01
0.2
0.004 0.02
0.1
0.45
1206L110–C
0.12
0.13
3
3.4
0.06
0.07
1.5
1.8
0.03
0.04
0.75
1
0.01
0.2
0.004 0.02
0.1
0.45
1206L150–C
0.12
0.13
3
3.4
0.06
0.07
1.5
1.8
0.03
0.06
0.85
1.4
0.01
0.2
0.004 0.02
0.1
0.45
Packaging
Part
Number
Packaging
Option
Quantity &
Packaging Codes
Ordering Number
I hold
(A)
1206L012
1206L012WR
0.125
012
Tape and Reel
3000
WR
1206L016
1206L016WR
0.16
016
Tape and Reel
3000
WR
I hold Code
Quantity
1206L020–C
1206L020YR
0.20
020
Tape and Reel
4000
YR
1206L025–C
1206L025YR
0.25
025
Tape and Reel
4000
YR
1206L035–C
1206L035YR
0.35
035
Tape and Reel
4000
YR
1206L035/16
1206L035/16YR
0.35
035
Tape and Reel
4000
YR
1206L050–C
1206L050YR
0.50
050
Tape and Reel
4000
YR
1206L050/15
1206L050/15YR
0.50
050
Tape and Reel
4000
YR
1206L075–C
1206L075WR
0.75
075
Tape and Reel
3000
WR
1206L100
1206L100WR
1.00
100
Tape and Reel
3000
WR
1206L110–C
1206L110WR
1.10
110
Tape and Reel
3000
WR
1206L150–C
1206L150PR
1.50
150
Tape and Reel
2000
PR
1206L Series
24
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/1206L.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 1206L Series
Tape and Reel Specifications
TAPE SPECIFICATIONS: EIA-481-1 (mm)
1206L020–C, 1206L025–C,
1206L035–C, 1206L035/16,
1206L050–C, 1206L050/15,
1206L075
1206L012,
1206L016,
1206L100,
1206L110–C
W
8.15+0.15-0.30
8.00+/- 0.30
8.15+0.15-0.30
H
16.0+/- 0.2
F
3.50+/- 0.05
3.50+/- 0.05
3.50+/- 0.05
W
13.2+/- 1.5
E1
1.75+/- 0.10
1.75+/- 0.10
1.75+/- 0.10
D
Ø 60.2+/−0.5
D0
1.55+/- 0.05
1.55+/- 0.05
1.55+/- 0.05
F
Ø 13.0+/- 0.5
D1
1.00 (MIN)
1.00 (MIN)
1.00 (MIN)
C
Ø 178+/- 1.0
P0
4.00+/- 0.10
4.00+/- 0.10
4.00+/- 0.10
H1
11+/- 0.5
P1
4.00+/- 0.10
4.00+/- 0.10
4.00+/- 0.10
W1
2.5+0.5
P2
2.00+/- 0.05
2.00+/- 0.05
2.00+/- 0.05
W2
3.0+0.5
A0
1.95+/- 0.10
1.95+/- 0.10
1.95+/- 0.10
W3
4.0+0.5
B0
3.65+/- 0.10
3.65+/- 0.10
3.65+/- 0.10
W4
5.0+0.5
T
0.25+/- 0.10
0.25+/- 0.10
0.25+/- 0.10
K0
0.87+/- 0.10
1.30+/- 0.10
1.70+/- 0.10
Leader
min.
390
390
390
Trailer
min.
160
160
160
1206L Series
REEL DIMENSIONS:
EIA-481-1 (mm)
1206L150–C
Tape and Reel Diagram
H
P1
P2
D0
E1
P0
W4
W3
D
F
W
T
W2
W
F
D2
C
W1
A0
K0
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/1206L.html for current information.
H1
B0
25
1206L Series
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 1210L Series
1210L Series
Description
The 1210L Series device provides surface mount
overcurrent protection for applications where space is at
a premium and resettable protection is desired.
Features
1210L Series
Agency Approvals
AGENCY
t-PXSFTJTUBODF
t-PXQSPmMF
t$PNQBUJCMFXJUIIJHI
temperature solders
t3P)4DPNQMJBOUBOE
lead-free
t'BTUSFTQPOTFUPGBVMU
currents
t$PNQBDUEFTJHOTBWFT
board space
AGENCY FILE NUMBER
Applications
E183209
t64#QFSJQIFSBMT
t%JTLESJWFT
t$%30.T
t1$NPUIFSCPBSETQMVH
and play protection
R50119118
t.PCJMFQIPOFTCBUUFSZ
and port protection
t1%"TEJHJUBMDBNFSBT
t(BNFDPOTPMFQPSU
protection
Electrical Characteristics
I trip
(A)
V max
(Vdc)
I max
(A)
Pd
max.
(W)
Part Number
Marking
I hold
(A)
1210L005
A
0.05
0.15
30
10
1210L010
B
0.10
0.30
30
1210L020
C
0.20
0.40
1210L035
E
0.35
1210L050
F
1210L075
G
1210L110
H
1210L150
K
Maximum Time
To Trip
Agency
Approvals
Resistance
Current
(A)
Time
(Sec.)
R min
(Ω)
R typ
(Ω)
R 1max
(Ω)
0.60
0.25
1.50
3.600
25.00
50.00
X
X
10
0.60
0.50
1.50
1.600
7.000
15.00
X
X
30
10
0.60
8.00
0.02
0.800
2.900
5.000
X
X
0.70
6
100
0.60
8.00
0.20
0.320
0.810
1.300
X
X
0.50
1.00
13.2
100
0.60
8.00
0.10
0.250
0.550
0.900
X
X
0.75
1.50
6
100
0.60
8.00
0.10
0.130
0.290
0.400
X
X
1.10
2.20
6
100
0.60
8.00
0.30
0.060
0.140
0.210
X
X
1.50
3.00
6
100
0.80
8.00
0.50
0.040
0.070
0.110
X
X
I hold = Hold current: maximum current device will pass without tripping in 20°C still air.
R typ = Typical resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
I trip = Trip current: minimum current at which the device will trip in 20°C still air.
R 1max = Maximum resistance of device at 20°C measured one hour after tripping or reflow
soldering of 260°C for 20 sec.
V max = Maximum voltage device can withstand without damage at rated current (I max)
Caution: Operation beyond the specified rating may result in damage and possible arcing
and flame.
I max = Maximum fault current device can withstand without damage at rated voltage (Vmax)
P d = Power dissipated from device when in the tripped state at 20°C still air.
R min = Minimum resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/1210L.html for current information.
27
1210L Series
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 1210L Series
Temperature Rerating
Ambient Operation Temperature
-40°C
-20°C
0°C
23°C
1210L005
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
1210L010
0.16
0.14
0.12
0.10
1210L020
0.29
0.26
0.22
0.20
0.16
0.14
1210L035
0.47
0.45
0.40
0.35
0.33
0.28
1210L050
0.76
0.67
0.58
0.50
0.43
0.40
1210L075
1.00
0.97
0.86
0.75
0.64
1210L110
1.69
1.48
1.29
1.10
1210L150
2.13
1.92
1.71
1.50
Part Number
50°C
60°C
70°C
85°C
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.03
0.13
0.11
0.08
0.24
0.21
0.18
0.36
0.32
0.28
0.59
0.54
0.48
0.40
0.88
0.76
0.65
0.57
0.43
1.26
1.14
1.01
0.89
0.71
Hold Current (A)
Average Time Current Curves
Temperature Rerating Curve
0.05A
0.10A
0.20A
0.35A
0.50A
0.75A
1.10A
1.50A
170%
150%
Percentage of Rated Current
1210L
100000
10000
1000
Time in Seconds
40°C
130%
110%
90%
70%
50%
30%
100
10%
-40 -30 -20
-10
0
10
20 30
40
Temperature (°C)
50
60
70
80
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.1
1
10
100
Current in Amperes
The average time current curves and Temperature Rerating curve performance is affected
by a number or variables, and these curves provided as guidance only. Customer must
verify the performance in their application.
1210L Series
28
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/1210L.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 1210L Series
Soldering Parameters
Reflow
Peak Temp/ Duration Time
260°C / 10 Sec
Time above liquids (TAL) 220°C
60 Sec ~ 100 Sec
Storage Condition
Cooling
220
50 Sec ~ 150 Sec
0°C~35°C, <
=70%RH
Temperature (°C)
Preheat 120°C~ 180°C
Soldering
260
t3FDPNNFOEFESFnPXNFUIPET*3WBQPSQIBTFPWFOIPUBJS
oven, N2 environment for lead–free
t3FDPNNFOEFENBYJNVNQBTUFUIJDLOFTTJTNNJODI
t%FWJDFTDBOCFDMFBOFEVTJOHTUBOEBSEJOEVTUSZNFUIPETBOE
solvents.
Note: If reflow temperatures exceed the recommended profile,
devices may not meet the performance requirements.
Preheating
180
120
0
50 to 150
60 to 100
1210L Series
Condition
120
Time(s)
Environmental Specifications
Physical Specifications
Terminal Material
Solder-Plated Copper (Solder Material:
Matte Tin (Sn))
Operating/Storage
Temperature
-40°C to +85°C
Lead Solderability
Meets EIA Specification RS186-9E,
ANSI/J-STD-002 Category 3.
Maximum Device Surface
Temperature in Tripped
State
125°C
Passive Aging
+85°C, 1000 hours
-/+5% typical resistance change
Humidity Aging
+85°C, 85, R.H.,1000 hours
-/+5% typical resistance change
Thermal Shock
MIL–STD–202, Method 107G
+85°C/-40°C, 20 times
-30% typical resistance change
Solvent Resistance
MIL–STD–202, Method 215
No change
Vibration
MIL–STD–883C, Method 2007.1,
Condition A
No change
Moisture Level Sensitivity
Level 2, J–STD–020C
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/1210L.html for current information.
29
1210L Series
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 1210L Series
Dimensions
MARKING CODE VARIES
WITH AMPERAGE RATING
(See Electrical Characteristics Table)
SHOWN IS 1.5AMP RATING
C
A
Top
View
K
Bottom
View
K
Side
View
B
2.00 mm
(.079)
Pad
Layout
D
2.50 mm
(.098)
E
1.00 mm
(.040)
A
Part Number
Inches
B
mm
Inches
C
mm
Inches
D
mm
E
Inches mm
Inches
mm
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
Min.
Min.
0.12
0.14
3.00
3.43
0.09
0.11
2.35
2.80
0.03
0.05
0.75
1.25
0.01
0.25 0.008 0.02
0.20
0.50
1210L005
Min Max. Min. Max.
1210L010
0.12
0.14
3.00
3.43
0.09
0.11
2.35
2.80
0.03
0.05
0.75
1.25
0.01
0.25 0.008 0.02
0.20
0.50
1210L020
0.12
0.14
3.00
3.43
0.09
0.11
2.35
2.80
0.02
0.04
0.60
1.00
0.01
0.25 0.008 0.02
0.20
0.50
1210L035
0.12
0.14
3.00
3.43
0.09
0.11
2.35
2.80
0.02
0.03
0.50
0.85
0.01
0.25 0.008 0.02
0.20
0.50
1210L050
0.12
0.14
3.00
3.43
0.09
0.11
2.35
2.80
0.02
0.03
0.50
0.85
0.01
0.25 0.008 0.02
0.20
0.50
1210L075
0.12
0.14
3.00
3.43
0.09
0.11
2.35
2.80
0.02
0.03
0.50 0.85
0.01
0.25 0.008 0.02
0.20
0.50
1210L110
0.12
0.14
3.00
3.43
0.09
0.11
2.35
2.80
0.04
0.05
0.90
1.30
0.01
0.25 0.008 0.02
0.20
0.50
1210L150
0.12
0.14
3.00
3.43
0.09
0.11
2.35
2.80
0.03
0.07
0.80
1.80
0.01
0.25 0.008 0.02
0.20
0.50
Part Ordering Number System
1210 L 110 W R
PACKAGING STYLE
R: Tape & Reel
SERIES
QUANTITY CODE: W=3000 Y=4000 P=2000
I HOLD HOLD CURRENT CODE (SEE TABLE BELOW)
L: LITTELFUSE SURFACE MOUNT PPTC
SIZE
Packaging
Part Number
Ordering
Number
I hold (A)
I hold Code
Packaging Option
Quantity
Quantity & Packaging
Codes
1210L005
1210L005WR
0.05
005
Tape and Reel
3000
WR
1210L010
1210L010WR
0.10
010
Tape and Reel
3000
WR
1210L020
1210L020WR
0.20
020
Tape and Reel
3000
WR
1210L035
1210L035YR
0.35
035
Tape and Reel
4000
YR
1210L050
1210L050YR
0.50
050
Tape and Reel
4000
YR
1210L075
1210L075YR
0.75
075
Tape and Reel
4000
YR
1210L110
1210L110WR
1.10
110
Tape and Reel
3000
WR
1210L150
1210L150PR
1.50
150
Tape and Reel
2000
PR
1210L Series
30
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/1210L.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 1210L Series
Tape and Reel Specifications
TAPE SPECIFICATIONS: EIA-481-1 (mm)
1210L005,
1210L010,
1210L020,
1210L110
1210L150
REEL DIMENSIONS:
EIA-481-1 (mm)
W
8.0+/- 0.30
8.0+/- 0.30
8.0+/- 0.30
H
12.0+/- 0.05
F
3.5+/- 0.05
3.5+/- 0.05
3.5+/- 0.05
W
9.0+/- 0.5
E1
1.75+/- 0.10
1.75+/- 0.10
1.75+/- 0.10
D
Ø 60+0.5
D0
1.55+/- 0.05
1.55+/- 0.05
1.55+/- 0.05
F
Ø 13.0+/- 0.2
D1
1.0 (min)
1.0 (min)
1.0 (min)
C
Ø 178+/- 1.0
P0
4.0+/- 0.10
4.0+/- 0.10
4.0+/- 0.10
H1
11+/- 0.5
P1
4.0+/- 0.10
4.0+/- 0.10
4.0+/- 0.10
W1
2.2+/- 0.5
P2
2.0+/- 0.05
2.0+/- 0.05
2.0+/- 0.05
W2
3.0+0.5
A0
2.82+/- 0.10
2.82+/- 0.10
2.67+/- 0.10
W3
4.0+0.5
B0
3.46+/- 0.10
3.46+/- 0.10
3.36+/- 0.10
W4
5.5+0.5
T
0.25+/- 0.10
0.25+/- 0.10
0.25+/- 0.10
K0
1.00+/- 0.10
1.30+/- 0.10
1.65+/- 0.10
Leader min.
390
390
390
Trailer min.
160
160
160
1210L Series
1210L035,
1210L050,
1210L075
Tape and Reel Diagram
H
P1
P2
D0
E1
P0
W4
W3
D
F
W
T
W2
W
F
D2
C
W1
A0
K0
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/1210L.html for current information.
H1
B0
31
1210L Series
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 1812L Series
1812L Series
Description
The 1812L Series device provides surface mount
overcurrent protection for applications where resettable
protection is desired.
Agency Approvals
AGENCY
t-PXSFTJTUBODF
t-PXQSPmMF
t$PNQBUJCMFXJUIIJHI
temperature solders
t3P)4DPNQMJBOUBOE
lead-free
t'BTUSFTQPOTFUPGBVMU
currents
t$PNQBDUEFTJHOTBWFT
board space
Applications
AGENCY FILE NUMBER
t1MVHBOEQMBZQSPUFDUJPO
for motherboards and
peripherals
t64#QFSJQIFSBMT
E183209
R50119118
t1$*DBSET
t(BNFDPOTPMFQPSU
protection
Electrical Characteristics
Part Number
Marking
I hold
(A)
1812L010
LF010
0.10
I trip
(A)
V max
(Vdc)
I max
(A)
Pd
max.
(W)
0.30
30
100
0.8
Maximum Time
To Trip
Agency
Approvals
Resistance
Current
(A)
Time
(Sec.)
R min
(Ω)
R typ
(Ω)
R 1max
(Ω)
0.50
1.50
1.600
7.000
15.000
X
X
1812L014
LF014
0.14
0.34
60
10
0.8
1.50
0.15
1.500
4.000
6.000
X
X
1812L020
LF020
0.20
0.40
30
100
0.8
8.00
0.02
0.800
2.900
5.000
X
X
1812L050–C
LF050
0.50
1.00
15
100
0.8
8.00
0.15
0.150
0.600
1.000
X
X
1812L075–C
LF075
0.75
1.50
13.2
100
0.8
8.00
0.20
0.100
0.260
0.450
X
X
1812L075/24
LF075-24
0.75
1.50
24
100
0.8
8.00
0.20
0.110
0.200
0.290
X
X
1812L075/33
LF075-33
0.75
1.50
33
20
0.8
8.00
0.20
0.110
0.260
0.400
X
X
1812L110–C
LF110
1.10
2.20
6
100
0.8
8.00
0.30
0.040
0.120
0.210
X
X
1812L110/16
LF110-16
1.10
1.95
16
100
0.8
8.00
0.50
0.060
0.120
0.180
X
X
1812L110/33
LF110-33
1.10
1.95
33
20
0.8
8.00
0.50
0.060
0.120
0.200
X
X
1812L125–C
LF125
1.25
2.50
15
100
0.8
8.00
0.40
0.050
0.160
0.250
X
X
1812L125/6
LF125-6
1.25
2.50
6
100
0.8
8.00
0.40
0.050
0.090
0.140
X
X
1812L150–C
LF150
1.50
3.00
8
100
0.8
8.00
0.30
0.040
0.070
0.110
X
X
1812L150/12
LF150-12
1.50
3.00
12
100
0.8
8.00
0.50
0.040
0.070
0.110
X
X
1812L150/24
LF150-24
1.50
3.00
24
20
0.8
8.00
1.50
0.040
0.070
0.120
X
X
1812L160–C
LF160
1.60
2.80
8
100
0.8
8.00
1.00
0.030
0.066
0.100
X
X
1812L160/12
LF160-12
1.60
2.80
12
100
0.8
8.00
1.00
0.030
0.066
0.100
X
X
1812L200–C
LF200
2.00
3.50
8
100
0.8
8.00
2.00
0.020
0.040
0.060
X
X
1812L260–C
LF260
2.60
5.00
6
100
0.8
8.00
2.50
0.015
0.030
0.047
X
X
I hold = Hold current: maximum current device will pass without tripping in 20°C still air.
I trip = Trip current: minimum current at which the device will trip in 20°C still air.
V max = Maximum voltage device can withstand without damage at rated current (I max)
I max = Maximum fault current device can withstand without damage at rated voltage (Vmax)
P d = Power dissipated from device when in the tripped state at 20°C still air.
R min = Minimum resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
R typ = Typical resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
R 1max = Maximum resistance of device at 20°C measured one hour after tripping or reflow
soldering of 260°C for 20 sec.
Caution: Operation beyond the specified rating may result in damage and possible arcing and flame.
Note: Labeling and documentation will vary in displaying –C for some items in this product series. There is no difference whether ordered or received with or without the –C.
See Ordering Number System section of this document for additional information.
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/1812L.html for current information.
33
1812L Series
1812L Series
Features
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 1812L Series
Temperature Rerating
Ambient Operation Temperature
-40°C
-20°C
0°C
23°C
Part Number
1812L010
1812L014
1812L020
1812L050–C
1812L075–C
1812L075/24
1812L075/33
1812L110–C
1812L110/16
1812L110/33
1812L125–C
1812L125/6
1812L150–C
1812L150/12
1812L150/24
1812L160–C
1812L160/12
1812L200–C
1812L260–C
40°C
50°C
60°C
70°C
85°C
Hold Current (A)
0.16
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.03
0.23
0.29
0.77
1.15
1.06
1.10
1.59
1.58
1.55
2.00
2.00
2.06
2.04
2.05
2.20
2.18
3.08
4.00
0.19
0.26
0.68
1.01
0.95
1.00
1.43
1.43
1.40
1.75
1.75
1.93
1.88
1.87
2.06
2.01
2.71
3.52
0.17
0.23
0.59
0.88
0.84
0.88
1.26
1.27
1.25
1.52
1.52
1.79
1.68
1.67
1.91
1.79
2.35
3.06
0.14
0.20
0.50
0.75
0.75
0.75
1.10
1.10
1.10
1.25
1.25
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.60
1.60
2.00
2.60
0.12
0.17
0.44
0.65
0.60
0.66
0.95
0.95
0.93
1.00
1.00
1.28
1.25
1.25
1.36
1.34
1.80
2.34
0.10
0.15
0.40
0.60
0.55
0.60
0.87
0.85
0.83
0.95
0.95
1.10
1.10
1.08
1.17
1.16
1.60
2.08
0.09
0.14
0.37
0.55
0.50
0.56
0.80
0.77
0.73
0.90
0.90
1.02
1.00
0.95
1.09
1.07
1.50
1.95
0.08
0.12
0.33
0.49
0.45
0.47
0.71
0.71
0.63
0.75
0.75
0.80
0.80
0.77
0.85
0.83
1.07
1.39
0.06
0.10
0.29
0.43
0.37
0.36
0.60
0.58
0.50
0.53
0.53
0.68
0.60
0.60
0.72
0.60
0.80
1.04
Temperature Rerating Curve
0.10A
0.14A
0.20A
0.50A
0.75A/33V
0.75A/24V
0.75A
1.10A/16V
1.10A/33V
1.10A
1.25A
1.25A/6V
1.50A/12V
1.50A
1.50A/24V
1.60A/12V
1.60A
1.60A/8V
2.00A
2.60A
Average Time Current Curves
1812L
100000
10000
Time in Seconds
1000
100
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.1
1
10
100
Current in Amperes
The average time current curves and Temperature Rerating curve performance is affected
by a number or variables, and these curves provided as guidance only. Customer must
verify the performance in their application.
1812L Series
34
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/1812L.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 1812L Series
Soldering Parameters
260°C / 10 Sec
Time above liquids (TAL) 220°C
60 Sec ~ 100 Sec
Preheat 120°C~ 180°C
50 Sec ~ 150 Sec
0°C~35°C, <
=70%RH
Storage Condition
Soldering
260
Cooling
220
t3FDPNNFOEFESFnPXNFUIPET*3WBQPSQIBTFPWFOIPUBJS
oven, N2 environment for lead–free
t3FDPNNFOEFENBYJNVNQBTUFUIJDLOFTTJTNNJODI
t%FWJDFTDBOCFDMFBOFEVTJOHTUBOEBSEJOEVTUSZNFUIPETBOE
solvents.
Note: If reflow temperatures exceed the recommended profile,
devices may not meet the performance requirements.
Preheating
180
120
0
50 to 150
60 to 100
1812L Series
Reflow
Peak Temp/ Duration Time
Temperature (°C)
Condition
120
Time(s)
Physical Specifications
Environmental Specifications
Terminal Material
Solder-Plated Copper (Solder Material:
Matte Tin (Sn))
Operating/Storage
Temperature
-40°C to +85°C
Lead Solderability
Meets EIA Specification RS186-9E, ANSI/
J-STD-002 Category 3.
Maximum Device Surface
Temperature in Tripped
State
125°C
Passive Aging
+85°C, 1000 hours
-/+5% typical resistance change
Humidity Aging
+85°C, 85% R.H.,1000 hours
-/+5% typical resistance change
Thermal Shock
MIL–STD–202, Method 107G
+85°C/-40°C 20 times
-30% typical resistance change
Solvent Resistance
MIL–STD–202, Method 215
No change
Vibration
MIL–STD–883C, Method 2007.1,
Condition A
No change
Moisture Level Sesitivity
Level 2, J–STD–020C
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/1812L.html for current information.
35
1812L Series
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 1812L Series
Dimensions
MARKING CODE VARIES
WITH AMPERAGE AND VOLTAGE RATING
(See Electrical Characteristics Table)
SHOWN ARE:
- 1.1A/6V RATING (LEFT)
- 1.1A/33V RATING (RIGHT)
C
A
Top
View
110
Bottom
View
110
E
Side
View
3.45 mm
(.135”)
Pad
Layout
D
Part
Number
110
-33
B
3.15 mm
(.124”)
1.78mm
(.070”)
B
A
Inches
mm
Inches
C
mm
D
Inches
mm
E
Inches mm
Inches
mm
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Min.
Min Max. Min. Max.
1812L010
0.17
0.19
4.37
4.73
0.12
0.13
3.07
3.41
0.03
0.05
0.75
1.25
0.01
0.30
0.01
0.03
0.25
0.65
1812L014
0.17
0.19
4.37
4.73
0.12
0.13
3.07
3.41
0.03
0.08
0.75
1.95
0.01
0.30
0.01
0.03
0.25
0.65
1812L020
0.17
0.19
4.37
4.73
0.12
0.13
3.07
3.41
0.02
0.04
0.55
1
0.01
0.30
0.01
0.03
0.25
0.65
1812L050–C
0.17
0.19
4.37
4.73
0.12
0.13
3.07
3.41
0.02
0.03
0.5
0.75
0.01
0.30
0.01
0.02
0.25
0.5
1812L075–C
0.17
0.19
4.37
4.73
0.12
0.13
3.07
3.41
0.02
0.03
0.5
0.75
0.01
0.30
0.01
0.02
0.25
0.5
1812L075/24 0.17
0.19
4.37
4.73
0.12
0.13
3.07
3.41
0.03
0.06
0.75
1.55
0.01
0.30
0.01
0.03
0.25
0.65
1812L075/33 0.17
0.19
4.37
4.73
0.12
0.13
3.07
3.41
0.03
0.06
0.75
1.55
0.01
0.30
0.01
0.03
0.25
0.65
1812L110–C
0.17
0.19
4.37
4.73
0.12
0.13
3.07
3.41
0.02
0.03
0.5
0.71
0.01
0.30
0.01
0.02
0.25
0.5
1812L110/16
0.17
0.19
4.37
4.73
0.12
0.13
3.07
3.41
0.03
0.05
0.75
1.25
0.01
0.30
0.01
0.03
0.25
0.65
0.65
1812L110/33
0.17
0.19
4.37
4.73
0.12
0.13
3.07
3.41
0.05
0.08
1.2
2
0.01
0.30
0.01
0.03
0.25
1812L125–C
0.17
0.19
4.37
4.73
0.12
0.13
3.07
3.41
0.03
0.05
0.75
1.25
0.01
0.30
0.01
0.02
0.25
0.5
1812L125/6
0.17
0.19
4.37
4.73
0.12
0.13
3.07
3.41
0.02
0.03
0.45
0.75
0.01
0.30
0.01
0.03
0.25
0.65
1812L150–C
0.17
0.19
4.37
4.73
0.12
0.13
3.07
3.41
0.02
0.03
0.4
0.71
0.01
0.30
0.01
0.03
0.25
0.65
1812L150/12
0.65
0.17
0.19
4.37
4.73
0.12
0.13
3.07
3.41
0.03
0.05
0.75
1.25
0.01
0.30
0.01
0.03
0.25
1812L150/24 0.17
0.19
4.37
4.73
0.12
0.13
3.07
3.41
0.03
0.07
0.8
1.8
0.01
0.30
0.01
0.03
0.25
0.65
1812L160–C
0.17
0.19
4.37
4.73
0.12
0.13
3.07
3.41
0.02
0.03
0.4
0.75
0.01
0.30
0.01
0.03
0.25
0.65
1812L160/12
0.17
0.19
4.37
4.73
0.12
0.13
3.07
3.41
0.03
0.05
0.75
1.25
0.01
0.30
0.01
0.03
0.25
0.65
1812L200–C
0.17
0.19
4.37
4.73
0.12
0.13
3.07
3.41
0.03
0.05
0.81
1.2
0.01
0.30
0.01
0.02
0.25
0.5
1812L260–C
0.17
0.19
4.37
4.73
0.12
0.13
3.07
3.41
0.03
0.05
0.8
1.34
0.01
0.30
0.01
0.02
0.25
0.5
1812L Series
36
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/1812L.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 1812L Series
Part Ordering Number System
1812 L 075 /33 D R
PACKAGING STYLE
R: Tape & Reel
SERIES
QUANTITY CODE: D=1500 M=1000 P=2000
-C: MANUFACTURING LOCATION CODE*
(Not applicable to all parts. See Note below)
/XX: SPECIAL VOLTAGE RATING
(Not applicable to all parts. Refer to
Electrical Characteristics Table)
1812L Series
I HOLD HOLD CURRENT CODE
(Refer to Electrical Characteristics Table)
L: LITTELFUSE SURFACE MOUNT PPTC
SIZE
*NOTE: Labeling and documentation will vary in displaying –C for some items in this
product series. There is no difference whether ordered or received with or without the –C.
Packaging
Part Number Ordering Number
1812L010
1812L010DR
Packaging
Option
Quantity
Quantity &
Packaging Codes
010
Tape and Reel
1500
DR
DR
I hold (A)
I hold Code
0.10
Voltage
Option
1812L014
1812L014DR
0.14
014
Tape and Reel
1500
1812L020
1812L020PR
0.20
020
Tape and Reel
2000
PR
1812L050-C
1812L050PR
0.50
050
Tape and Reel
2000
PR
1812L075-C
1812L075PR
0.75
075
Tape and Reel
2000
PR
1812L75/24
1812L75/24DR
0.75
075
/24
Tape and Reel
1500
DR
1812L75/33
1812L75/33DR
0.75
075
/33
Tape and Reel
1500
DR
1812L110-C
1812L110PR
1.10
110
Tape and Reel
2000
PR
1812L110/16
1812L110/16DR
1.10
110
/16
Tape and Reel
1500
DR
1812L110/33
1812L110/33MR
1.10
110
/33
Tape and Reel
1000
MR
1812L125-C
1812L125DR
1.25
125
Tape and Reel
1500
DR
1812L125/6
1812L125/6PR
1.25
125
Tape and Reel
2000
PR
1812L150-C
1812L150ZR
1.50
150
Tape and Reel
2000
ZR
1812L150/12
1812L150/12DR
1.50
150
/12
Tape and Reel
1500
DR
1812L150/24
1812L150/24MR
1.50
150
/24
Tape and Reel
1000
MR
Tape and Reel
2000
PR
/12
Tape and Reel
1500
DR
/6
1812L160-C
1812L160PR
1.60
160
1812L160/12
1812L160/12DR
1.60
160
1812L200-C
1812L200DR
2.00
200
Tape and Reel
1500
DR
1812L260-C
1812L260ZR
2.60
260
Tape and Reel
1000
ZR
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/1812L.html for current information.
37
1812L Series
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 1812L Series
Tape and Reel Specifications
TAPE SPECIFICATIONS: EIA-481-1 (mm)
1812L020,
1812L050–C,
1812L075–C,
1812L110–C,
1812L125/6,
1812L150–C,
1812L160–C
1812L010,
1812L014,
1812L075/24,
1812L075/33
1812L110/16,
1812L125–C,
1812L150/12,
1812L160/12
1812L200–C
W
12.00+0.30-0.10
12.00+/- 0.30
12.00+/- 0.30
H
F
5.50+/- 0.05
5.50+/- 0.05
5.50+/- 0.05
W
13.2+/- 1.5
E1
1.75+/- 0.10
1.75+/- 0.10
1.75+/- 0.10
D
Ø 60.2+/- 0.5
D0
1.50+0.10
1.55+/- 0.05
1.55+/- 0.05
F
Ø13.0+/- 0.5
D1
1.50+0.25
1.50 (MIN)
1.50 (MIN)
C
Ø178+/- 1.0
P0
4.00+/- 0.10
4.00+/- 0.10
4.00+/- 0.10
H1
11+/- 0.5
1812L110/33,
1812L150/24,
1812L260–C
REEL DIMENSIONS:
EIA-481-1 (mm)
16.0+/- 0.2
P1
8.00+/- 0.10
8.00+/- 0.10
8.00+/- 0.10
W1
2.5+0.5
P2
2.00+/- 0.05
2.00+/- 0.05
2.00+/- 0.05
W2
3.0+0.5
A0
3.58+/- 0.10
3.58+/- 0.10
3.58+/- 0.10
W3
4.0+0.5
B0
4.93+/- 0.10
4.93+/- 0.10
4.93+/- 0.10
W4
5.0+0.5
T
0.25+/- 0.10
0.25+/- 0.10
0.25+/- 0.10
K0
1.02+/- 0.10
1.30+/- 0.10
2.10+/- 0.10
Leader min.
390
390
390
Trailer min.
160
160
160
Tape and Reel Diagram
H
P1
P2
D0
E1
P0
W4
W3
D
F
W
T
W2
W
F
D2
C
W1
A0
1812L Series
K0
H1
B0
38
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/1812L.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 2016L Series
2016L Series
Description
The 2016L Series device provides surface mount
overcurrent protection for low voltage (≤60V) applications
where resettable protection is desired.
Features
Agency Approvals
Applications
AGENCY
t*&&QPSUQSPUFDUJPO
t1PXFSFEFUIFSOFUQPSU
protection (IEEE 802.3 af)
t"VUPNPUJWFFMFDUSPOJD
control module protection
AGENCY FILE NUMBER
E183209
R50119118
2016L Series
t)JHIWPMUBHF
t-PXQSPmMF
t3P)4DPNQMJBOUBOE
lead-free
t'BTUSFTQPOTFUPGBVMU
currents
t-PXWPMUBHFUFMFDPN
equipment protection
Electrical Characteristics
I trip
(A)
V max
(Vdc)
I max
(A)
Pd
max.
(W)
Part Number
Marking
I hold
(A)
2016L030
LF030
0.30
0.60
60
20
2016L050
LF050
0.55
1.10
60
20
Maximum Time
To Trip
Agency
Approvals
Resistance
Current
(A)
Time
(Sec.)
R min
(Ω)
R typ
(Ω)
R 1max
(Ω)
1.40
1.50
3.00
0.500
1.400
2.300
X
X
1.40
2.50
5.00
0.200
0.700
1.000
X
X
X
2016L100
LF100
1.10
2.20
15
40
1.40
8.00
0.50
0.100
0.250
0.400
X
2016L100/33
LF100-33
1.10
2.20
33
40
1.40
8.00
0.50
0.100
0.250
0.400
X
X
X
X
2016L150
LF150
1.50
3.00
15
40
1.40
8.00
1.00
0.070
0.130
0.180
X
2016L200
LF200
2.00
4.20
6
40
1.40
8.00
3.00
0.048
0.070
0.100
X
I hold = Hold current: maximum current device will pass without tripping in 20°C still air.
R typ = Typical resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
I trip = Trip current: minimum current at which the device will trip in 20°C still air.
R 1max = Maximum resistance of device at 20°C measured one hour after tripping or reflow
soldering of 260°C for 20 sec.
V max = Maximum voltage device can withstand without damage at rated current (I max)
Caution: Operation beyond the specified rating may result in damage and possible arcing
and flame.
I max = Maximum fault current device can withstand without damage at rated voltage (Vmax)
P d = Power dissipated from device when in the tripped state at 20°C still air.
R min = Minimum resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/2016L.html for current information.
39
2016L Series
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 2016L Series
Temperature Rerating
Ambient Operation Temperature
-40°C
-20°C
0°C
23°C
40°C
2016L030
0.45
0.40
0.35
0.30
0.25
2016L050
0.93
0.80
0.65
0.50
0.38
50°C
60°C
70°C
85°C
0.23
0.20
0.18
0.14
0.32
0.25
0.19
0.09
Hold Current (A)
Part Number
2016L100
1.66
1.47
1.29
1.10
0.91
0.83
0.73
0.64
0.50
2016L100/33
1.66
1.47
1.29
1.10
0.91
0.83
0.73
0.64
0.50
2016L150
2.26
2.00
1.76
1.50
1.24
1.13
1.00
0.87
0.68
2016L200
2.80
2.50
2.19
2.00
1.84
1.74
1.50
1.34
1.14
Temperature Rerating Curve
0.16A
0.30A
1.00A/33v
1.00A
1.50A
2.00A
Average Time Current Curves
2016L
100000
10000
Line/Part Number:
A
2106L030
2106L050
2106L100
Time in Seconds
1000
B
2106L100\33
2016L150
2016L200
100
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.1
1
10
100
Current in Amperes
The average time current curves and Temperature Rerating curve performance is affected
by a number or variables, and these curves provided as guidance only. Customer must
verify the performance in their application.
2016L Series
40
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/2016L.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 2016L Series
Soldering Parameters
260°C / 10 Sec
Time above liquids (TAL) 220°C
60 Sec ~ 100 Sec
Preheat 120°C~ 180°C
50 Sec ~ 150 Sec
0°C~35°C, <
=70%RH
Storage Condition
Soldering
260
Cooling
220
t3FDPNNFOEFESFnPXNFUIPET*3WBQPSQIBTFPWFOIPUBJS
oven, N2 environment for lead–free
t3FDPNNFOEFENBYJNVNQBTUFUIJDLOFTTJTNNJODI
t%FWJDFTDBOCFDMFBOFEVTJOHTUBOEBSEJOEVTUSZNFUIPETBOE
solvents.
Note: If reflow temperatures exceed the recommended profile,
devices may not meet the performance requirements.
Preheating
180
120
0
50 to 150
60 to 100
2016L Series
Reflow
Peak Temp/ Duration Time
Temperature (°C)
Condition
120
Time(s)
Physical Specifications
Environmental Specifications
Terminal Material
Solder-Plated Copper (Solder Material:
Matte Tin(Sn))
Operating/Storage
Temperature
-40°C to +85°C
Lead Solderability
Meets EIA Specification RS186-9E, ANSI/
J-STD-002 Category 3.
Maximum Device Surface
Temperature in Tripped
State
125°C
Passive Aging
+85°C, 1000 hours
-/+5% typical resistance change
Humidity Aging
+85°C, 85%,R.H.,1000 hours
-/+5% typical resistance change
Thermal Shock
MIL–STD–202, Method 107G
+85°C/-40°C 20 times
-30% typical resistance change
Solvent Resistance
MIL–STD–202, Method 215
No change
Vibration
MIL–STD–883C, Method 2007.1,
Condition A
No change
Moisture Sensitivity Level
Level 2, J–STD–020C
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/2016L.html for current information.
41
2016L Series
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 2016L Series
Dimensions (mm)
MARKING CODE VARIES
WITH AMPERAGE AND VOLTAGE RATING
SEE ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS CHART
SHOWN ARE:
- 1.1A/15V RATING (LEFT)
- 1.1A/33V RATING (RIGHT)
C
A
Top
View
100
Bottom
View
100
100
-33
B
3.40 mm
(.133”)
Pad
Layout
D
Side
View
E
4.60 mm
(.181”)
1.50 mm
(.059”)
A
Part Number
B
Inches
mm
C
Inches
mm
Inches
D
mm
E
Inches mm
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min.
Min.
Inches
mm
Min Max. Min. Max.
2016L030
0.19
0.21
4.72
5.44
0.15
0.17
3.7
4.43
0.03
0.05
0.75
1.25
0.01
0.30
0.01
0.03
0.25
0.65
2016L050
0.19
0.21
4.72
5.44
0.15
0.17
3.7
4.43
0.05
0.08
1.2
2
0.01
0.30
0.01
0.03
0.25
0.65
2016L100
0.19
0.21
4.72
5.44
0.15
0.17
3.7
4.43
0.02
0.03
0.5
0.75
0.01
0.30
0.01
0.03
0.25
0.65
2016L100/33
0.19
0.21
4.72
5.44
0.15
0.17
3.7
4.43
0.03
0.05
0.75
1.25
0.01
0.30
0.01
0.03
0.25
0.65
2016L150
0.19
0.21
4.72
5.44
0.15
0.17
3.7
4.43
0.03
0.06
0.75
1.55
0.01
0.30
0.01
0.03
0.25
0.65
2016L200
0.19
0.21
4.72
5.44
0.15
0.17
3.7
4.43
0.02
0.03
0.5
0.75
0.01
0.30
0.01
0.03
0.25
0.65
Part Ordering Number System
2016 L 100 /33 D R
PACKAGING STYLE
R: Tape & Reel
SERIES
QUANTITY CODE: D=1500 M=1000 P=2000
/XX: SPECIAL VOLTAGE RATING (NOT APPLICABLE TO ALL PARTS)
I HOLD CURRENT CODE (SEE TABLE BELOW)
L: LITTELFUSE SURFACE MOUNT PPTC
SIZE
Packaging
Ordering Number
I hold
(A)
I hold Code
2016L030
2016L030DR
0.30
2016L050
2016L050MR
0.55
Part Number
Voltage
Option
Packaging
Option
Quantity
Quantity &
Packaging Codes
030
Tape and Reel
1500
DR
050
Tape and Reel
1000
MR
Tape and Reel
2000
PR
Tape and Reel
1500
DR
2016L100
2016L100PR
1.10
110
2016L100/33
2016L100/33DR
1.10
110
2016L150
2016L150DR
1.50
150
Tape and Reel
1500
DR
2016L200
2016L200PR
2.00
200
Tape and Reel
2000
PR
2016L Series
/33
42
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/2016L.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 2016L Series
Tape and Reel Specifications
TAPE SPECIFICATIONS: EIA-481-1 (mm)
2016L030
2016L100/33
2016L150
REEL DIMENSIONS:
EIA-481-1 (mm)
2016L050
W
12.0+/- 0.30
12.0+/- 0.30
12.0+/- 0.30
H
12.0+/- 0.05
F
5.50+/- 0.05
5.50+/- 0.05
5.50+/- 0.05
W
9.0+/- 0.5
E1
1.75+/- 0.10
1.75+/- 0.10
1.75+/- 0.10
D
Ø 60+0.5
D0
1.55+/- 0.05
1.55+/- 0.05
1.55+/- 0.05
F
Ø13.0+/- 0.2
D1
1.50 (MIN)
1.50 (MIN)
1.50 (MIN)
C
Ø178+/- 1.0
P0
4.0+/- 0.10
4.0+/- 0.10
4.0+/- 0.10
H1
11+/- 0.5
P1
8.0+/- 0.10
8.0+/- 0.10
8.0+/- 0.10
W1
2.2+/- 0.5
P2
2.0+/- 0.05
2.0+/- 0.05
2.0+/- 0.05
W2
3.0+0.5
A0
4.40+/- 0.10
4.48+/- 0.10
4.45+/- 0.10
W3
4.0+0.5
B0
5.50+/- 0.10
5.40+/- 0.10
5.48+/- 0.10
W4
5.5+0.5
T
0.25+/- 0.10
0.25+/- 0.10
0.25+/- 0.10
KO
0.80+/- 0.10
1.36+/- 0.10
1.86+/- 0.10
Leader Min.
390
390
390
Trailer Min.
160
160
160
2016L Series
2016L100
2016L200
Tape and Reel Diagram
H
P1
P2
D0
E1
P0
W4
W3
D
F
W
T
W2
W
F
D2
C
W1
A0
K0
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/2016L.html for current information.
H1
B0
43
2016L Series
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 2920L Series
2920L Series
Description
The 2920L Series device provides
surface mount overcurrent protection
for medium voltage (≤60V) applications
where resettable protection is desired.
Features
Agency Approvals
Applications
AGENCY
t*&&QPSUQSPUFDUJPO
t1PXFSFEFUIFSOFUQPSU
protection (IEEE 802.3 af)
t"VUPNPUJWFFMFDUSPOJD
control module protection
AGENCY FILE NUMBER
E183209
R50119118
2920L Series
t)JHIWPMUBHF
t-PXQSPmMF
t3P)4DPNQMJBOUBOE
lead-free
t'BTUSFTQPOTFUPGBVMU
currents
t-PXWPMUBHFUFMFDPN
equipment protection
Electrical Characteristics
I trip
(A)
V max
(Vdc)
I max
(A)
Pd
max.
(W)
Part Number
Marking
I hold
(A)
2920L030
LF030
0.30
0.60
60
10
2920L050
LF050
0.50
1.00
60
10
2920L075
LF075
0.75
1.50
30
40
Maximum Time
To Trip
Agency
Approvals
Resistance
R min
(Ω)
R typ
(Ω)
R 1max
(Ω)
3.00
1.200
3.000
4.800
X
X
4.00
0.350
0.870
1.400
X
X
0.30
0.350
0.670
1.000
X
X
Current
(A)
Time
(Sec.)
1.50
1.50
1.50
2.50
1.50
8.00
2920L100
LF100
1.10
2.20
33
40
1.50
8.00
0.50
0.120
0.270
0.410
X
X
2920L125
LF125
1.25
2.50
15
40
1.50
8.00
2.00
0.070
0.160
0.250
X
X
2920L150
LF150
1.50
3.00
33
40
1.50
8.00
2.00
0.080
0.150
0.230
X
X
2920L185
LF185
1.85
3.70
33
40
1.50
8.00
2.50
0.065
0.110
0.150
X
X
2920L200
LF200
2.00
4.00
15
40
1.50
8.00
5.00
0.050
0.090
0.125
X
X
2920L200/24
LF200-24
2.00
4.00
24
40
1.50
8.00
5.00
0.050
0.090
0.125
X
X
2920L250
LF250
2.50
5.00
15
40
1.50
8.00
10.00
0.035
0.060
0.085
X
X
2920L260
LF260
2.60
5.00
6
40
1.50
8.00
10.00
0.025
0.050
0.075
X
X
2920L300
LF300
3.00
5.00
6
40
1.50
8.00
20.00
0.015
0.033
0.048
X
X
2920L300/15
LF300-15
3.00
5.00
15
40
1.50
8.00
20.00
0.015
0.033
0.048
X
X
I hold = Hold current: maximum current device will pass without tripping in 20°C still air.
R typ = Typical resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
I trip = Trip current: minimum current at which the device will trip in 20°C still air.
R 1max = Maximum resistance of device at 20°C measured one hour after tripping or reflow
soldering of 260°C for 20 sec.
V max = Maximum voltage device can withstand without damage at rated current (I max)
Caution: Operation beyond the specified rating may result in damage and possible arcing
and flame.
I max = Maximum fault current device can withstand without damage at rated voltage (Vmax)
P d = Power dissipated from device when in the tripped state at 20°C still air.
R min = Minimum resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/2920L.html for current information.
45
2920L Series
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 2920L Series
Temperature Rerating
Ambient Operation Temperature
-40°C
-20°C
0°C
23°C
40°C
50°C
60°C
70°C
85°C
2920L030
0.45
0.40
0.35
0.30
0.25
0.23
0.20
0.17
0.14
2920L050
0.76
0.67
0.59
0.50
0.42
0.38
0.33
0.29
0.23
Hold Current (A)
Part Number
2920L075
1.13
1.01
0.88
0.75
0.62
0.56
0.50
0.44
0.34
2920L100
1.66
1.47
1.29
1.10
0.91
0.83
0.73
0.64
0.50
2920L125
1.89
1.68
1.46
1.25
1.04
0.94
0.83
0.73
0.56
2920L150
2.27
2.01
1.76
1.50
1.25
1.13
1.00
0.87
0.74
2920L185
2.80
2.47
2.17
1.85
1.54
1.39
1.22
1.07
0.85
2920L200
3.02
2.68
2.34
2.00
1.66
1.50
1.32
1.16
0.90
2920L200/24
3.14
2.77
2.42
2.00
1.73
1.56
1.38
1.20
0.98
2920L250
3.78
3.35
2.93
2.50
2.08
1.88
1.65
1.45
1.13
2920L260
3.64
3.25
2.91
2.60
2.26
2.08
1.95
1.74
1.48
2920L300
4.53
4.02
3.51
3.00
2.52
2.26
1.99
1.75
1.34
2920L300/15
4.20
3.85
3.44
3.00
2.69
2.50
2.31
2.12
1.83
Temperature Rerating Curve
0.10A
0.30A
0.50A
0.75A
1.00A
1.25A
1.50A
1.85A
2.00A/24V
2.00A
2.50A
2.60A
3.00A/15V
3.00A
Average Time Current Curves
170%
Percentage of Rated Current
150%
2920L
100000
10000
Time in Seconds
1000
130%
110%
90%
70%
50%
30%
10%
100
-40
-30 -20
-10
0
10
20 30
40
Temperature (°C)
50
60
70
80 85
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.1
1
10
100
Current in Amperes
The average time current curves and Temperature Rerating curve performance is affected
by a number or variables, and these curves provided as guidance only. Customer must
verify the performance in their application.
2920L Series
46
Revised: February 5, 2009
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/2920L.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 2920L Series
Soldering Parameters
Reflow
Peak Temp/ Duration Time
260°C / 10 Sec
Time above liquids (TAL) 220°C
60 Sec ~ 100 Sec
Storage Condition
Cooling
220
50 Sec ~ 150 Sec
0°C~35°C, <
=70%RH
Temperature (°C)
Preheat 120°C~ 180°C
Soldering
260
t3FDPNNFOEFESFnPXNFUIPET*3WBQPSQIBTFPWFOIPUBJS
oven, N2 environment for lead–free
t3FDPNNFOEFENBYJNVNQBTUFUIJDLOFTTJTNNJODI
t%FWJDFTDBOCFDMFBOFEVTJOHTUBOEBSEJOEVTUSZNFUIPETBOE
solvents.
Note: If reflow temperatures exceed the recommended profile,
devices may not meet the performance requirements.
Preheating
180
120
0
50 to 150
60 to 100
2920L Series
Condition
120
Time(s)
Physical Specifications
Environmental Specifications
Terminal Material
Solder-Plated Copper (Solder Material:
Matte Tin(Sn))
Operating/Storage
Temperature
-40°C to +85°C
Lead Solderability
Meets EIA Specification RS186-9E, ANSI/
J-STD-002 Category 3.
Maximum Device Surface
Temperature in Tripped
State
125°C
Passive Aging
+85°C, 1000 hours
-/+5% typical resistance change
Humidity Aging
+85°C, 85%,R.H.,1000 hours
-/+5% typical resistance change
Thermal Shock
MIL-STD-20 2, Method 107G
+85°C/-40°C 20 times
-30% typical resistance change
Solvent Resistance
MIL–STD–202, Method 215
Vibration
MIL–STD–883C, Method 2007.1,
Condition A
Moisture Sensitivity Level
Level 2, J–STD–020C
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/2920L.html for current information.
47
2920L Series
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 2920L Series
Dimensions (mm)
MARKING CODE VARIES
WITH AMPERAGE AND VOLTAGE RATING
(SEE ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTIC TABLE)
SHOWN ARE:
- 1.5A/33V RATING (LEFT)
- 2.0A/24V RATING (RIGHT)
C
A
Top
View
150
Bottom
View
150
200
-24
B
4.60 mm
(.181”)
Pad
Layout
D
E
Side
View
5.30 mm
(.209”)
2.0mm
(.079”)
B
A
Part Number
Inches
mm
Inches
C
mm
Inches
D
mm
E
Inches mm
Inches
mm
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
Min.
Min.
Min Max. Min. Max.
2920L030
0.26
0.31
6.73
7.98
0.19
0.21
4.8
5.44
0.03
0.05
0.75
1.25
0.01
0.3
0.01
0.08
0.25
2
2920L050
0.26
0.31
6.73
7.98
0.19
0.21
4.8
5.44
0.03
0.05
0.75
1.25
0.01
0.3
0.01
0.08
0.25
2
2920L075
0.26
0.31
6.73
7.98
0.19
0.21
4.8
5.44
0.03
0.05
0.75
1.25
0.01
0.3
0.01
0.08
0.25
2
2920L100
0.26
0.31
6.73
7.98
0.19
0.21
4.8
5.44
0.02
0.04
0.55
1
0.01
0.3
0.01
0.08
0.25
2
2920L125
0.26
0.31
6.73
7.98
0.19
0.21
4.8
5.44
0.02
0.04
0.55
1
0.01
0.3
0.01
0.08
0.25
2
2920L150
0.26
0.31
6.73
7.98
0.19
0.21
4.8
5.44
0.03
0.05
0.75
1.25
0.01
0.3
0.01
0.08
0.25
2
2920L185
0.26
0.31
6.73
7.98
0.19
0.21
4.8
5.44
0.03
0.05
0.75
1.25
0.01
0.3
0.01
0.08
0.25
2
2920L200
0.26
0.31
6.73
7.98
0.19
0.21
4.8
5.44
0.03
0.05
0.75
1.25
0.01
0.3
0.01
0.08
0.25
2
2920L200/24
0.26
0.31
6.73
7.98
0.19
0.21
4.8
5.44
0.03
0.05
0.75
1.25
0.01
0.3
0.01
0.08
0.25
2
2920L250
0.26
0.31
6.73
7.98
0.19
0.21
4.8
5.44
0.03
0.05
0.75
1.25
0.01
0.3
0.01
0.08
0.25
2
2920L260
0.26
0.31
6.73
7.98
0.19
0.21
4.8
5.44
0.02
0.04
0.55
1
0.01
0.3
0.01
0.08
0.25
2
2920L300
0.26
0.31
6.73
7.98
0.19
0.21
4.8
5.44
0.03
0.05
0.75
1.25
0.01
0.3
0.01
0.08
0.25
2
2920L300/15
0.26
0.31
6.73
7.98
0.19
0.21
4.8
5.44
0.03
0.05
0.75
1.25
0.01
0.3
0.01
0.08
0.25
2
2920L Series
48
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/2920L.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 2920L Series
Part Ordering Number System
2920 L 200 /24 D R
PACKAGING STYLE
R: Tape & Reel
SERIES
QUANTITY CODE: D=1500 P=2000
/XX: SPECIAL VOLTAGE RATING
(NOT APPLICABLE TO ALL PARTS)
I HOLD CURRENT CODE (SEE TABLE BELOW)
SIZE
Packaging
Part Number
Ordering
Number
I hold
(A)
I hold
Code
2920L030
2920L030DR
0.30
030
Voltage
Option
Packaging
Option
Quantity
Quantity &
Packaging Codes
Tape and Reel
1500
DR
2920L050
2920L050DR
0.50
050
Tape and Reel
1500
DR
2920L075
2920L075DR
0.75
075
Tape and Reel
1500
DR
2920L100
2920L100PR
1.10
100
Tape and Reel
2000
PR
2920L125
2920L125PR
1.25
125
Tape and Reel
2000
PR
2920L150
2920L150DR
1.50
150
Tape and Reel
1500
DR
2920L185
2920L185DR
1.85
185
Tape and Reel
1500
DR
2920L200
2920L200DR
2.00
200
2920L200/24
2920L200/24DR
2.00
200
Tape and Reel
1500
DR
Tape and Reel
1500
DR
2920L250
2920L250DR
2.50
250
Tape and Reel
1500
DR
/24
2920L260
2920L260PR
2.60
260
Tape and Reel
2000
PR
2920L300
2920L300DR
3.00
300
Tape and Reel
1500
DR
2920L300/15
2920L300/15DR
3.00
300
Tape and Reel
1500
DR
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/2920L.html for current information.
/15
49
2920L Series
2920L Series
L: LITTELFUSE SURFACE MOUNT PPTC
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 2920L Series
Tape and Reel Specifications
TAPE SPECIFICATIONS: EIA-481-1 (mm)
2920L030,
2920L050,
2920L075
2920L100,
2920L125,
2920L260
2920L150, 2920L185,
2920L200, 2920L250,
2920L200/24,
2920L300,
2920L300/15
W
16.0+/- 0.30
16.0+/- 0.30
16.0+/- 0.30
H
16.0+/- 0.2
F
7.5+/- 0.05
7.5+/- 0.05
7.5+/- 0.05
W
13.2+/- 1.5
E1
1.75+/- 0.10
1.75+/- 0.10
1.75+/- 0.10
D
Ø 60.2+/−0.5
REEL DIMENSIONS:
EIA-481-1 (mm)
D0
1.55+/- 0.05
1.55+/- 0.05
1.55+/- 0.05
F
Ø 13.0+/- 0.5
D1
1.5+/- 0.10
1.5+/- 0.10
1.5+/- 0.10
C
Ø 178+/- 1.0
P0
4.0+/- 0.10
4.0+/- 0.10
4.0+/- 0.10
H1
11+/- 0.5
P1
8.0+/- 0.10
8.0+/- 0.10
8.0+/- 0.10
W1
2.5+0.5
P2
2.0+/- 0.05
2.0+/- 0.05
2.0+/- 0.05
W2
3.0+0.5
A0
5.45+/- 0.10
5.45+/- 0.10
5.45+/- 0.10
W3
4.0+0.5
B0
7.65+/- 0.10
7.65+/- 0.10
7.65+/- 0.10
T
0.25+/- 0.10
0.25+/- 0.10
0.25+/- 0.10
KO
1.25+/- 0.10
1.00+/- 0.10
1.45+/- 0.10
Leader min.
390
390
390
Trailer min.
160
160
160
Tape and Reel Diagram
P1
P2
D0
H
E1
P0
W2
H1
W1
F
D
C
W
W3
T
A0
2920L Series
D2
K0
W
B0
50
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/2920L.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 250S Series
250S Series
Description
PRELIMINARY DATA SHEET: This product is scheduled for
release by end of 2008 and specifications may change.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/250S.html for
the current information.
Features
AGENCY
K.21/Telcordia standards
t&YDFMMFOUTPMEFSKPJOU
inspectability
t)JHIWPMUBHF
t3P)4$PNQMJBOU
Directive 2002/95/EC
t-PXSFTJTUBODF
t$PNQBUJCMFXJUIUFMFDPN
standards
t)FMQTNFFUT*56,
Agency Approvals
AGENCY FILE NUMBER
Pending
Applications
t5FMFDPNNVOJDBUJPOT
t/FUXPSLJOH
t*4%/&RVJQNFOU
t94%/&RVJQNFOU
Electrical Characteristics
Time to Trip at 1A
Pd typ.
(W)
Typical Maximum
(Sec.)
(Sec.)
Part Number
I hold
(A)
I trip
(A)
V max
(Vint /Vop)
I max
(A)
250S130
0.13
0.26
250/60
3
1.2
0.9
250S130–RA
0.13
0.26
250/60
3
1.2
250S130–RB
0.13
0.26
250/60
3
250S130–RC
0.13
0.26
250/60
3
Agency
Approvals
Resistance
4.0
R min
(Ω)
4.0
R max
(Ω)
13
R 1max
(Ω)
20
–
1.4
4.0
6.5
10
15
–
1.2
0.7
4.0
9
13
20
–
1.2
1.1
4.0
7
11
17
–
I hold = Hold current: maximum current device will pass without tripping in 23°C still air.
R min = Minimum resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
I trip = Trip current: minimum current at which the device will trip in 23°C still air.
R max = Maximum resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
Vint = Maximum voltage the device can withstand without damage at rated current (I max)
R 1max = Maximum resistance of device at 20°C measured one hour after tripping.
Vop= The device regular operation voltage
Caution: Operation beyond the specified rating may result in damage and possible arcing
and flame.
I max = Maximum fault current device can withstand without damage at rated voltage (Vmax)
P d = Power dissipated from device when in the tripped state at 23°C still air.
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/250S.html for current information.
51
Preliminary Data Sheet
250S Series
250S Series
The 250S High Voltage Radial device is a Polymer-based
PTC suitable to protect telephony equipment against
lightining and power cross strikes. The 250S Series is fully
compatible with telecommunications standards.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 250S Series
Temperature Rerating
Ambient Operation Temperature
-40°C
-20°C
0°C
23°C
0.21
0.19
0.17
0.13
50°C
60°C
70°C
85°C
0.10
0.09
0.07
0.05
Hold Current (A)
Part Number
250S130
0.11
Temperature Rerating Curve
0.13A
Average Time Current Curves
200.00
250S
1000
Percentage of rated current %
160.00
100
Time in Seconds
40°C
120.00
80.00
40.00
0.00
-40.00
10
0.00
40.00
80.00
120.00
Device Ambient Temperature ºC
Agency Specification Selection Guide For Telecom
and Networking Applications
1
Product
0.10
0.1
1
10
250S130
250S130-RA
250S130-RB
250S130-RC
100
Current in Amperes
ITU K.20/21/45 –
1.5kV 10/700μs
Power Cross
ITU K.20/21/45 –
230Vac, 10Ω
Protection Application Guide
The average time current curves and Temperature Rerating curve performance is affected
by a number or variables, and these curves provided as guidance only. Customer must
verify the performance in their application.
Region/
Specification
South America/
Asia/Europe
ITU K.45
South America/
Asia/Europe
ITU K.21
South America/
Asia/Europe
ITU K.20
250S Series
Lightning
52
Preliminary Data Sheet
Application
Access network equipment
Remote terminal
Repeaters
WAN equipment
Cross –connect
Customer and IT equipment
Analog modems
ADSL, xDSL
Phone sets, PBX systems
Internet appliances
POS terminals
Central Office
POTS/ISDN linecards
T1/E1/J1 linecards
ADSL/VDSL splitters
CSU/DSU
Device
Selection
250S130
250S130-RA
250S130-RB
250S130-RC
250S130
250S130-RA
250S130-RB
250S130-RC
250S130
250S130-RA
250S130-RB
250S130-RC
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/250S.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 250S Series
Soldering Parameters
Profile Feature
Pb-Free Assembly
Average Ramp-Up Rate (TS(max) to TP)
3°C/second max
Temperature Min (Ts(min))
150°C
Temperature Max (Ts(max))
200°C
Time (Min to Max) (ts)
60 – 180 secs
Temperature (TL)
Time Maintained
Above:
Temperature (tL)
217°C
Peak / Classification Temperature (TP)
260+0/-5 °C
Time within 5°C of actual peak
Temperature (tp)
20 – 40 seconds
Ramp-down Rate
6°C/second max
Time 25°C to peak Temperature (TP)
8 minutes Max.
60 – 150 seconds
-- All temperature refer to topside of the package, measured on the package body surface
-- If reflow temperature exceeds the recommended profile, devices may not meet the
performance requirements
-- Recommended reflow methods: IR, vapor phase oven, hot air oven, N2 environment
for lead
-- Recommended maximum paste thickness is 0.25mm (0.010inch)
-- Devices can be cleaned using standard industry methods and solvents
-- Devices can be reworked using the standard industry practices
Physical Specifications
Environmental Specifications
Terminal Material
Solder-Plated Copper (Solder Material:
Matte Tin(Sn))
Operating/Storage
Temperature
-40°C to +85°C
Lead Solderability
Meets EIA Specification RS186-9E, ANSI/
J-STD-002 Category 3.
Maximum Device Surface
Temperature in Tripped State
125°C -/+10ºC
Passive Aging
+85°C, 1000 hours
Humidity Aging
+85°C, 85%,R.H.,1000 hours
Thermal Shock
MIL–STD–202F, Method 107G
+125°C to -55°C 10 times
Solvent Resistance
MIL–STD–202, Method 215F
Moisture Sensitivity Level
Level 2, J–STD–020C
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/250S.html for current information.
53
Preliminary Data Sheet
250S Series
250S Series
Pre Heat:
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 250S Series
Dimensions
H
C
B
F
D
E
A
G
G
Recommended PCB Pad Layout
Part
Number
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Physical
Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Characteristics Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm
Material
Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max.
Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max.
250S130
0.37
9.4
0.15
3.7
0.29
7.4
0.016
0.4
0.15
3.8
Sn/Ni/Cu
0.18
4.6
0.07
1.8
0.24
6.1
250S130–RA
0.37
9.4
0.15
3.7
0.29
7.4
0.016
0.4
0.15
3.8
Sn/Ni/Cu
0.18
4.6
0.07
1.8
0.24
6.1
250S130–RB
0.37
9.4
0.15
3.7
0.29
7.4
0.016
0.4
0.15
3.8
Sn/Ni/Cu
0.18
4.6
0.07
1.8
0.24
6.1
250S130–RC
0.37
9.4
0.15
3.7
0.29
7.4
0.016
0.4
0.15
3.8
Sn/Ni/Cu
0.18
4.6
0.07
1.8
0.24
6.1
Part Ordering Number System
250 S 130 - RA D R
PACKAGING STYLE
R: Tape & Ammo
QUANTITY CODE: D=1500
RESISTANCE RANGE
BLANK
-RA
-RB
-RC
I HOLD CURRENT CODE
(Refer to Electrical Characteristics Table)
SURFACE MOUNT
PEAK VOLTAGE RATING
Packaging
Part Number
Ordering Number
I hold
(A)
I hold Code
Packaging
Option
Quantity
Quantity & Packaging
Code
250S130
250S130DR
0.13
130
Tape and Reel
1500
DR
250S130–RA
250S130–RADR
0.13
130
Tape and Reel
1500
DR
250S130–RB
250S130–RBDR
0.13
130
Tape and Reel
1500
DR
250S130–RC
250S130–RCDR
0.13
130
Tape and Reel
1500
DR
250S Series
54
Preliminary Data Sheet
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/250S.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Surface Mount > 250S Series
Tape and Reel Specifications
TAPE SPECIFICATIONS:
EIA-481-1 (mm)
W
REEL DIMENSIONS:
EIA-481-1 (mm)
16 +/- 0.30
H
22.4 +/- 0.05
7.5 +/- 0.05
W
16.4 .0 +0/+2
1.75 +/- 0.10
D
Ø60+0.5
D0
1.5 +/- 0.05
F
Ø13.0+/- 0.2
D1
1.00(MIN)
C
Ø340+/- 1.0
P0
4.00 +/- 0.10
H1
11+/- 0.5
P1
12.00 +/- 0.10
W1
2.2+/- 0.5
P2
2.00 +/- 0.05
W2
3.0+0.5
A0
6.9 +/- 0.10
W3
4.0+0.5
W4
5.5+0.5
B0
9.6 +/- 0.10
Tmax
0.4 +/- 0.10
K0
3.4 +/- 0.15
Leader Min.
300
Trailer Min.
300
250S Series
F
E1
Tape and Reel Diagram
H
P1
P2
D0
E1
P0
W4
W3
D
F
W
T
W2
W
F
D2
C
W1
A0
K0
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/250S.html for current information.
H1
B0
55
Preliminary Data Sheet
250S Series
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > USBR Series
USBR Series
Description
t5IF64#34FSJFTSBEJBMMFBEFEEFWJDFJTEFTJHOFEUP
provide overcurrent protection for USB applications
where space is not a concern.
Features
t3P)4DPNQMJBOUBOE
lead–free
t'BTUUJNFoUPoUSJQ
t.FFUTBMM64#QSPUFDUJPO
requirements
Agency Approvals
AGENCY
AGENCY FILE NUMBER
t"TIPSUDJSDVJUSBUJOH
t0QFSBUJOHWPMUBHFTPG
6-16V
Applications
E183209
t$PNQVUFSTQFSJQIFSBMT
t"OZ64#BQQMJDBUJPO
R50119318
Maximum Time
To Trip
Part Number
I hold
(A)
I trip
(A)
V max
(Vdc)
I max
(A)
Pd
max.
(W)
06R075B
0.75
1.30
6
40
06R120B
1.20
2.00
6
06R155B
1.55
2.70
6
16R090B
0.90
1.80
16
40
0.6
8.00
16R110B
1.10
2.20
16
40
0.7
8.00
16R135B
1.35
2.70
16
40
0.8
8.00
16R160B
1.60
3.20
16
40
0.9
8.00
16R185B
1.85
3.70
16
40
1.0
16R250B
2.50
5.00
16
40
1.2
Resistance
Agency
Approvals
Current
(A)
Time
(Sec.)
R min
(Ω)
R 1max
(Ω)
0.3
8.00
0.4
0.100
0.230
40
0.6
8.00
0.5
0.065
0.140
X
X
40
0.6
7.75
2.2
0.040
0.100
X
X
1.2
0.070
0.180
X
X
2.3
0.050
0.140
X
X
4.5
0.040
0.120
X
X
9.0
0.030
0.110
X
X
8.00
10.0
0.030
0.090
X
X
8.00
40.0
0.020
0.060
X
X
X
X
I hold = Hold current: maximum current device will pass without tripping in 20°C still air.
R min = Minimum resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
I trip = Trip current: minimum current at which the device will trip in 20°C still air.
R typ = Typical resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
V max = Maximum voltage device can withstand without damage at rated current (I max)
R 1max = Maximum resistance of device at 20°C measured one hour after tripping or reflow
soldering of 260°C for 20 sec.
I max = Maximum fault current device can withstand without damage at rated voltage (Vmax)
Caution: Operation beyond the specified rating may result in damage and possible arcing
and flame.
Pd = Power dissipated from device when in the tripped state at 20°C still air.
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/USBR.html for current information.
57
USBR Series
USBR Series
Electrical Characteristics
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > USBR Series
Temperature Rerating
Ambient Operation Temperature
-40°C
-20°C
0°C
23°C
Part Number
06R075B
06R120B
06R155B
16R090B
16R110B
16R135B
16R160B
16R185B
16R250B
1.05
1.69
2.17
1.31
1.60
1.96
2.32
2.68
3.63
0.95
1.52
1.96
1.17
1.43
1.76
2.08
2.41
3.25
0.85
1.36
1.75
1.04
1.27
1.55
1.84
2.13
2.88
0.75
1.20
1.55
0.90
1.10
1.35
1.60
1.85
2.50
50°C
60°C
70°C
85°C
0.65
1.04
1.34
0.75
1.00
1.12
1.33
1.54
2.08
0.60
0.96
1.24
0.69
0.92
1.04
1.23
1.42
1.93
0.55
0.88
1.13
0.61
0.75
0.92
1.09
1.26
1.70
0.50
0.80
1.03
0.55
0.67
0.82
0.98
1.13
1.53
0.43
0.68
0.88
0.47
0.57
0.70
0.83
0.96
1.30
Temperature Rerating Curve
0.75A
1.20A
1.55A
0.90A
1.10A
1.35A
1.60A
1.85A
2.50A
Average Time Current Curves
170%
150% B
USBR
Percentage of Rated Current
100
10
Time in Seconds
40°C
Hold Current (A)
1
130% A
110%
90%
70%
50%
30%
Line/Part Number:
A
B
06R075B 16R090B 16R160B 06R120B 16R110B 16R185B
06R155B 16R135B 16R250B
A
B
10%
-40 -30 -20
0.1
-10
0
10
20 30
40
Temperature (°C)
50
60
70
80 85
0.01
0.001
1
10
100
1000
Current in Amperes
The average time current curves and Temperature Rerating curve performance is affected
by a number or variables, and these curves provided as guidance only. Customer must
verify the performance in their application.
Soldering Parameters
Soldering
260
Cooling
Pre-Heating
Zone
Refer to the condition recommended by the
flux manufacturer. Max. ramping rate should
not exceed 4°C/Sec.
Soldering Zone
Max. solder temperature should not exceed
260°C
Cooling Zone
Cooling by natural convection in air.
Temperature (°C)
220
Preheating
190
160
0
60 min.
5 max.
Time(s)
USBR Series
58
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/USBR.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > USBR Series
Environmental Specifications
Physical Specifications
Lead Material
.90-2.50A: Tin-plated Copper clad steel
.75A: Tin-plated Copper
Operating/Storage
Temperature
-40°C to +85°C
Soldering
Characteristics
Solderability per MIL–STD–202,
Method 208E
Maximum Device Surface
Temperature in Tripped State
125°C
Insulating Material
Cured, flame retardant epoxy polymer
meets UL 94V-0 requirements.
Passive Aging
+85°C, 1000 hours
-/+5% typical resistance change
Device Labeling
Marked with ‘LF’, voltage, current rating,
and date code.
Humidity Aging
+85°C, 85% R.H., 1000 hours
-/+5% typical resistance change
Thermal Shock
+85°C to -40°C 10 times
-/+5% typical resistance change
Solvent Resistance
MIL–STD–202, Method 215F
Moisture Sensivitivy Level
Level 2, J–STD–020C
Dimensions (mm)
B
B
D
D
C
C
Figure 1
A
Part
Number
Figure
E
A
E
Figure 2
B
C
D
E
Physical Characteristics
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Max.
Max.
Max.
Max.
Typ.
Typ.
Min.
Min.
Max.
Max.
Lead (dia)
Inches
mm
Material
06R075B
1
0.27
6.9
0.45
11.4
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3
0.020
0.51
Sn/Cu
06R120B
1
0.27
6.9
0.46
11.7
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3
0.020
0.51
Sn/CuFe
06R155B
1
0.27
6.9
0.46
11.7
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3
0.020
0.51
Sn/CuFe
16R090B
2
0.29
7.4
0.48
12.2
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3
0.020
0.51
Sn/CuFe
16R110B
2
0.29
7.4
0.56
14.2
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3
0.020
0.51
Sn/CuFe
16R135B
2
0.35
8.9
0.53
13.5
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3
0.020
0.51
Sn/CuFe
16R160B
2
0.35
8.9
0.60
15.2
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3
0.020
0.51
Sn/CuFe
16R185B
2
0.40
10.2
0.62
15.7
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3
0.020
0.51
Sn/CuFe
16R250B
2
0.45
11.4
0.72
18.3
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3
0.020
0.51
Sn/CuFe
Part Marking System
06
075B
Top Side
Bottom Side
Top Side
Littelfuse
Trademark
Double Sided Marking
0.90A to 1.10A
Single Sided Marking
1.35A to 2.50A
Double Sided Marking
0.75A to 1.55A
Voltage Rating
Current Rating
Littelfuse
Trademark
06
XXXX
Voltage Rating
Date Code
(Contact Littelfuse
for additional
information)
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/USBR.html for current information.
16
Littelfuse
Trademark
135B
XXXX
59
Voltage Rating
Current Rating
Date Code
(Contact Littelfuse
for additional
information)
Littelfuse
Trademark
16
110U
Bottom Side
Voltage Rating
Current Rating
Littelfuse
Trademark
16
XXXX
Voltage Rating
Date Code
(Contact Littelfuse
for additional
information)
USBR Series
USBR Series
A
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > USBR Series
Tape and Reel Specifications – RLD06P075BF, RLD06P120BF, RLD06P155BF
Devices taped using EIA468-B/IE286-2 standards. See table below and Figures 1 and 2 for details.
Dimensions
Dimension
EIA Mark
IEC Mark
Dim. (mm)
Tol. (mm)
Carrier tape width
W
W
18
-0.5 / +1.0
Hold down tape width: 06R075B-06R155B
W4
W0
11
min.
Top distance between tape edges
W6
W2
3
max.
Sprocket hole position
W5
W1
9
-0.5 / +0.75
Sprocket hole diameter*
D0
D0
4
-/+ 0.32
Abscissa to plane(straight lead)
H
H
18.5
-/+ 3.0
Abscissa to plane(kinked lead)
H0
H0
16
-/+ 0.5
H1
32.2
max.
Abscissa to top 06R075B-06R155B
H1
Overall width w/o lead protrusion 06R075B06R155B
C1
42.5
max.
Overall width w/ lead protrusion 06R075B06R155B
C2
43.2
max.
Lead protrusion
L1
1.0
max.
max.
l1
Protrusion of cut out
L
L
11
Protrusion beyond hold-down tape
l2
l2
Not specified
Sprocket hole pitch 06R075B-06R155B
P0
P0
12.7
-/+ 0.35
20
consecutive
-/+ 1
Pitch tolerance
Device pitch: 06R075B-06R155B
12.7
Tape thickness
t
Tape thickness with splice 06R075B-06R155B
t1
t
Splice sprocket hole alignment
0.9
max.
2.0
max.
0
-/+ 0.3
Body lateral deviation
Δh
Δh
0
-/+ 1.0
Body tape plane deviation
Δp
Δp
0
-/+ 1.3
Ordinate to adjacent component lead*
P1
P1
3.81
-/+ 1.0
Lead spacing* 06R075B-06R155B
F
F
5.08
-/+ 0.8
Reel width 06R075B-06R155B
w2
w
56
max.
Reel diameter
a
d
Space between flanges less device
w1
370
max.
4.75
-/+ 3.25
Arbor hole diameter
c
f
26
-/+ 12.0
Core diameter
n
h
91
max.
Box
56/372/372
max.
Consecutive missing places
None
Empty places per reel
Reel width: 06R075B-16R250B
0.1% max.
w2
w
d
Reel diameter
a
Space between flanges less device*
w1
Arbor hole diameter
c
f
Core diameter*
n
h
Box
63.5
max.
370
max.
4.75
-3.25 / +9.25
26
-/+ 12.0
91
max.
56/372/372
max.
Consecutive missing places
None
Empty places per reel
0.1% max.
*Differs from EIA specification.
USBR Series
60
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/USBR.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > USBR Series
Tape and Reel Diagram
Δh
Figure 1
Δh
Δh
Δp
Reference plane
A1
H1
F
A
L
B
H0
W4 W5
W
H1 C1
H C2
I2
L1
P0
D0
Direction of unreeling
Cross section A - B
t
Figure 2
Upper side
Direction
of
unreeling
Tape
Lower side
w1
w2
Cross section
Optional shape: Circular or polygonal
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/USBR.html for current information.
61
USBR Series
USBR Series
Reel
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > USBR Series
Part Ordering Number System
16 R 090
B PR
PACKAGING STYLE
BLANK: Bulk
R: Tape & Ammo
SERIES
QUANTITY CODE: P=2000 U=500
TYPE: B=USB
I HOLD CURRENT CODE (SEE TABLE BELOW)
R: RADIAL
VOLTAGE RATING (VDC)
Ordering Information
Part Number
06R075B
06R120B
06R155B
16R090B
16R110B
16R135B
16R160B
16R185B
16R250B
USBR Series
Ordering Number
06R075BU
06R075BPR
06R120BU
06R120BPR
06R155BU
06R155BPR
16R090BU
16R090BPR
16R110BU
16R110BPR
16R135BU
16R135BPR
16R160BU
16R160BPR
16R185BU
16R185BPR
16R250BU
16R250BPR
I hold
(A)
I hold Code
0.75
075
1.20
120
1.55
155
0.90
090
1.10
110
1.35
135
1.60
160
1.85
185
2.50
Packaging Option
250
62
Quantity
Quantity & Packaging
Codes
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/USBR.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 16R Series
16R Series
Description
The 16R Series Radial Leaded device is designed to
provide different products in the general applications with
maximum 16 volts and a maximum 100-ampere short
circuit rating.
Features
t3P)4DPNQMJBOU
t'BTUUJNFoUPoUSJQ
t.FFUTBMM64#QSPUFDUJPO
requirements
t"TIPSUDJSDVJUSBUJOH
t70QFSBUJOHWPMUBHFT
Agency Approvals
AGENCY
AGENCY FILE NUMBER
Applications
E183209
t$PNQVUFSTQFSJQIFSBMT
t"OZ64#BQQMJDBUJPO
t(FOFSBM&MFDUSPOJDT
R50119318
Electrical Characteristics
I trip
(A)
V max
(Vdc)
I max
(A)
Pd
typ.
(W)
Maximum Time
To Trip
Resistance
Current
(A)
Time
(Sec.)
R min
(Ω)
R 1max
(Ω)
Agency
Approvals
16R250G
2.5
4.7
16
100
1.0
12.5
5.0
0.0220
0.0530
X
X
16R300G
3.0
5.1
16
100
2.3
15.0
1.0
0.0380
0.0975
X
X
16R400G
4.0
6.8
16
100
2.4
20.0
1.7
0.0210
0.0600
X
X
16R500G
5.0
8.5
16
100
2.6
25.0
2.0
0.0150
0.0340
X
X
16R600G
6.0
10.2
16
100
2.8
30.0
3.3
0.0100
0.0280
X
X
16R700G
7.0
11.9
16
100
3.0
35.0
3.5
0.0077
0.0200
X
X
16R800G
8.0
13.6
16
100
3.0
40.0
5.0
0.0056
0.0175
X
X
16R900G
9.0
15.3
16
100
3.3
45.0
5.5
0.0047
0.0135
X
X
16R1000G
10.0
17.0
16
100
3.6
50.0
6.0
0.0040
0.0102
X
X
16R1100G
11.0
18.7
16
100
3.7
55.0
7.0
0.0037
0.0089
X
X
16R1200G
12.0
20.4
16
100
4.2
60.0
7.5
0.0033
0.0086
X
X
16R1400G
14.0
23.8
16
100
4.6
70.0
9.0
0.0026
0.0064
X
X
16R Series
Part Number
I hold
(A)
I hold = Hold current: maximum current device will pass without tripping in 23°C still air.
R min = Minimum resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
I trip = Trip current: minimum current at which the device will trip in 23°C still air.
R 1max = Maximum resistance of device at 23°C measured one hour after tripping.
V max = Maximum voltage device can withstand without damage at rated current (Imax)
Caution: Operation beyond the specified rating may result in damage and possible arcing
and flame.
I max = Maximum fault current device can withstand without damage at rated voltage (Vmax)
Pd = Power dissipated from device when in the tripped state at 23°C still air.
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/16R.html for current information.
63
16R Series
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 16R Series
Temperature Rerating
Ambient Operation Temperature
-40°C
-20°C
0°C
23°C
40°C
50°C
60°C
70°C
85°C
Hold Current (A)
Part Number
16R250G
3.7
3.3
2.9
2.5
2.2
2.0
1.8
1.6
1.3
16R300G
4.4
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.6
2.4
2.1
1.9
1.6
16R400G
5.9
5.3
4.7
4.0
3.5
3.2
2.9
2.6
2.1
16R500G
7.4
6.6
5.9
5.0
4.4
4.0
3.6
3.2
2.6
16R600G
8.9
8.0
7.1
6.0
5.2
4.8
4.3
3.9
3.2
16R700G
10.4
9.3
8.2
7.0
6.1
5.6
5.0
4.5
3.7
16R800G
11.8
10.6
9.4
8.0
7.0
6.3
5.7
5.1
4.2
16R900G
13.3
12.0
10.6
9.0
7.8
7.1
6.5
5.8
4.7
16R1000G
14.8
13.3
11.8
10.0
8.7
7.9
7.1
6.4
5.3
16R1100G
16.3
14.6
12.9
11.0
9.6
8.7
7.9
7.0
5.8
16R1200G
17.7
15.9
14.1
12.0
10.5
9.5
8.6
7.7
6.3
16R1400G
20.7
18.6
16.5
14.0
12.2
11.1
10.0
9.0
7.4
Average Time Current Curves
2.5 A
3.0 A
4.0 A
5.0 A
6.0 A
7.0 A
8.0 A
9.0 A
10.0 A
11.0 A
12.0 A
14.0 A
Temperature Rerating Curve
170%
16R
150%
Percentage of Rated Current
100
Time in Seconds
10
130%
110%
90%
70%
50%
30%
1
10%
-40 -30 -20
-10
0
10
20 30
40
Temperature (°C)
50
60
70
80
0.1
0.01
1
10
100
1000
Current in Amperes
The average time current curves and Temperature Rerating curve performance is affected
by a number or variables, and these curves provided as guidance only. Customer must
verify the performance in their application.
16R Series
64
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/16R.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 16R Series
Soldering Parameters - Wave Soldering
Refer to the condition
recommended by the
flux manufacturer.
Pre-Heating Zone
Cooling Zone
Cooling by natural
convection in air.
Cooling
220
Temperature (°C)
Soldering Zone
Max. solder
temperature should not
exceed 260°C
Soldering
260
Max. ramping rate
should not exceed 4°C/
Sec.
Preheating
190
160
0
60 min.
5 max.
Time(s)
2.5A: Tin-plated Copper clad Steel
3.0 - 14.0A: Tin-plated Copper
Operating/Storage
Temperature
-40°C to +85°C
Soldering
Characteristics
Solderability per MIL–STD–202,
Method 208E
Maximum Device Surface
Temperature in Tripped State
125°C
Insulating Material
Cured, flame retardant epoxy polymer
meets UL94V-0 requirements.
Passive Aging
+85°C, 1000 hours
-/+ 5% typical resistance
change
Device Labeling
Marked with ‘LF’, voltage, current rating,
and date code.
Humidity Aging
+85°C, 85% R.H., 1000 hours
-/+ 5% typical resistance
change
Thermal Shock
+85°C to -40°C 10 times
-/+ 5% typical resistance
change
Solvent Resistance
MIL–STD–202, Method 215F
No change
Moisture Resistance Level
Level 2, J–STD–020C
Lead Material
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/16R.html for current information.
65
16R Series
16R Series
Environmental Specifications
Physical Specifications
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 16R Series
Dimensions
Part Marking System
A
Single Sided Marking
E
A
E
telfuse
demark
B
16
Voltage Rating
Current Rating
Date Code
(Contact Littelfuse
for additional
information)
250G
XXXX
B
D
D
C
C
Figure 1
Part
Number
Figure 2
A
Figure
B
C
D
E
Physical Characteristics
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Max.
Max.
Max.
Max.
Typ.
Typ.
Min.
Min.
Max.
Max.
Lead (dia)
Inches
mm
Material
16R250G
2
0.35
8.90
0.50
12.80
0.20
5.1
0.13
3.18
0.12
3.00
0.020
0.51
16R300G
1
0.28
7.10
0.43
11.00
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.00
0.032
0.81
Sn/CuFe
Sn/Cu
16R400G
1
0.35
8.90
0.50
12.80
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.00
0.032
0.81
Sn/Cu
16R500G
1
0.41
10.40
0.56
14.30
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.00
0.032
0.81
Sn/Cu
Sn/Cu
16R600G
1
0.42
10.70
0.67
17.10
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.00
0.032
0.81
16R700G
1
0.44
11.20
0.78
19.70
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.00
0.032
0.81
Sn/Cu
16R800G
1
0.50
12.70
0.82
20.90
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.00
0.032
0.81
Sn/Cu
16R900G
1
0.55
14.00
0.85
21.70
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.00
0.032
0.81
Sn/Cu
16R1000G
1
0.65
16.50
0.99
25.20
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.00
0.032
0.81
Sn/Cu
16R1100G
1
0.69
17.50
1.02
26.00
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.00
0.032
0.81
Sn/Cu
16R1200G
1
0.69
17.50
1.10
28.00
0.40
10.2
0.30
7.6
0.14
3.50
0.039
1.00
Sn/Cu
16R1400G
1
0.93
23.50
1.10
27.90
0.40
10.2
0.30
7.6
0.14
3.50
0.039
1.00
Sn/Cu
16R Series
66
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/16R.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 16R Series
Part Ordering Number System
16 R 500
G PR
PACKAGING STYLE
BLANK: Bulk
R: Tape & Ammo
SERIES
QUANTITY CODE: F=200 H=100 M=1000 D=1500 P=2000 U=500
TYPE: G (16VDC)
I HOLD CURRENT CODE (SEE TABLE BELOW)
R: RADIAL
VOLTAGE RATING (VDC)
Part Number
16R250G
16R300G
16R400G
16R500G
16R600G
16R700G
16R800G
16R900G
16R1000G
16R1100G
16R1200G
16R1400G
Ordering Number
16R250GU
16R250GPR
16R300GU
16R300GPR
16R400GU
16R400GPR
16R500GU
16R500GPR
16R600GU
16R600GDR
16R700GF
16R700GMR
16R800GF
16R800GMR
16R900GF
16R900GMR
16R1000GF
16R1000GMR
16R1100GF
16R1100GMR
16R1200GH
16R1200GMR
16R1400GH
I hold
(A)
2.50
I hold
Code
250
3.00
300
4.00
400
5.00
500
6.00
600
7.00
700
8.00
800
9.00
900
10.00
1000
11.00
1100
12.00
1200
14.00
1400
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/16R.html for current information.
Packaging
Option
Quantity
Quantity &
Packaging Codes
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
1500
DR
Bulk
200
F
Tape and Ammo
1000
MR
Bulk
200
F
Tape and Ammo
1000
MR
Bulk
200
F
Tape and Ammo
1000
MR
Bulk
200
F
Tape and Ammo
1000
MR
Bulk
200
F
Tape and Ammo
1000
MR
Bulk
100
H
Tape and Ammo
1000
MR
Bulk
100
H
67
16R Series
Packaging Options
16R Series
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 16R Series
Tape and Reel Specifications
Devices taped using EIA468-B/IE286-2 standards. See table below and Figures 1 and 2 for details.
Dimensions
Dimension
EIA Mark
IEC Mark
Dim. (mm)
Tol. (mm)
Carrier tape width
W
W
18
-0.5 /+1.0
Hold down tape width:
W4
W0
11
min.
Top distance between tape edges
W6
W2
3
max.
Sprocket hole position
W5
W1
9
-0.5 /+0.75
Sprocket hole diameter*
D0
D0
4
-0.32 /+0.2
Abscissa to plane(straight lead)
H
H
18.5
-/+ 3.0
Abscissa to plane(kinked lead)
H0
H0
16
-/+ 0.5
Abscissa to top
45.0
max.
Overall width w/o lead protrusion
56
max.
Overall width w/ lead protrusion
Lead protrusion
L1
l1
57
max.
1.0
max.
max.
Protrusion of cut out
L
L
11
Protrusion beyond hold-down tape
l2
l2
Not specified
Sprocket hole pitch
P0
P0
25.4
-/+ 0.5
Device pitch:
25.4
Pitch tolerance
20
consecutive.
-/+ 1
0.9
max.
Tape thickness
t
Tape thickness with splice
t1
t
Splice sprocket hole alignment
2.0
max.
0
-/+ 0.3
0
-/+ 1.0
Body lateral deviation
Δh
Δh
Body tape plane deviation
Δp
Δp
0
-/+ 1.3
Ordinate to adjacent component lead*
P1
P1
3.81
-/+ 0.7
7.62
-/+ 0.7
F
F
5.08
-/+ 0.8
Ordinate to adjacent component lead*
Lead spacing:16R250G-16R1100G
Lead spacing:16R1200G-16R1400G
F
F
10.18
-/+ 0.8
Reel width
w2
w
63.5
max.
Reel diameter
a
d
Space between flanges less device*
w1
370
max.
4.75
-3.25 / +8.25
Arbor hole diameter
c
f
26
-/+ 12.0
Core diameter*
n
h
91
max.
64/372/372
max.
Box
Consecutive missing places
None
Empty places per reel
0.1%max.
*Differs from EIA specification
16R Series
68
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/16R.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 16R Series
Tape and Reel Diagram
Figure 1
Δh
Δh
Δh
Δp
Reference plane
A1
H1
F
A
L
B
H0
W4 W5
W
H1 C 1
H C2
I2
L1
P0
D0
Direction of unreeling
Cross section A - B
t
Reel
Upper side
Direction
of
unreeling
Tape
Lower side
w1
w2
Cross section
Optional shape: Circular or polygonal
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/16R.html for current information.
69
16R Series
16R Series
Figure 2
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 30R Series
30R Series
Description
t5IF34FSJFTSBEJBMMFBEFEEFWJDFJTEFTJHOFEUP
provide overcurrent protection for low voltage (≤30V)
applications where space is not a concern and resettable
protection is preferred.
Features
t3P)4DPNQMJBOUBOE
lead-free
t'BTUUJNFoUPUSJQ
t$VSFEnBNFSFUBSEBOU
epoxy polymer insulating
material meets UL 94V-0
requirements
Agency Approvals
AGENCY
AGENCY FILE NUMBER
Applications
E183209
t64#IVCTQPSUT
and peripherals
t$PNQVUFSTQFSJQIFSBMT
R50119318
t.PUPSQSPUFDUJPO
t(FOFSBMFMFDUSPOJDT
t"VUPNPUJWFBQQMJDBUJPOT
Part Number
I hold
(A)
I trip
(A)
V max
(Vdc)
I max
(A)
Pd
max.
(W)
30R090
0.90
1.80
30
40
30R110
1.10
2.20
30
30R135
1.35
2.70
30R160
1.60
30R185
Maximum Time
To Trip
Resistance
30R Series
Electrical Characteristics
Agency
Approvals
Current
(A)
Time
(Sec.)
R min
(Ω)
R 1max
(Ω)
0.6
4.50
5.90
0.070
0.220
X
X
40
0.7
5.50
6.60
0.050
0.170
X
X
30
40
0.8
6.75
7.30
0.040
0.130
X
X
3.20
30
40
0.9
8.00
8.00
0.030
0.110
X
X
1.85
3.70
30
40
1.0
9.25
8.70
0.030
0.090
X
X
30R250
2.50
5.00
30
40
1.2
12.50
10.30
0.020
0.070
X
X
30R300
3.00
6.00
30
40
2.0
15.00
10.80
0.020
0.080
X
X
30R400
4.00
8.00
30
40
2.5
20.00
12.70
0.010
0.050
X
X
30R500
5.00
10.00
30
40
3.0
25.00
14.50
0.010
0.050
X
X
30R600
6.00
12.00
30
40
3.5
30.00
16.00
0.005
0.040
X
X
30R700
7.00
14.00
30
40
3.8
35.00
17.50
0.005
0.030
X
X
30R800
8.00
16.00
30
40
4.0
40.00
18.80
0.005
0.020
X
X
30R900
9.00
18.00
30
40
4.2
40.00
20.00
0.005
0.020
X
X
I hold = Hold current: maximum current device will pass without tripping in 23°C still air.
R min = Minimum resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
I trip = Trip current: minimum current at which the device will trip in 23°C still air.
R 1max = Maximum resistance of device at 23°C measured one hour after tripping.
V max = Maximum voltage device can withstand without damage at rated current (Imax)
Caution: Operation beyond the specified rating may result in damage and possible arcing
and flame.
I max = Maximum fault current device can withstand without damage at rated voltage (Vmax)
Pd = Power dissipated from device when in the tripped state at 23°C still air.
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/30R.html for current information.
71
30R Series
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 30R Series
Temperature Rerating
Ambient Operation Temperature
-40°C
-20°C
0°C
23°C
40°C
50°C
60°C
70°C
85°C
Hold Current (A)
Part Number
30R090
1.31
1.17
1.04
0.90
0.75
0.69
0.61
0.55
0.47
30R110
1.60
1.43
1.27
1.10
0.91
0.85
0.75
0.67
0.57
30R135
1.96
1.76
1.55
1.35
1.12
1.04
0.92
0.82
0.70
30R160
2.32
2.08
1.84
1.60
1.33
1.23
1.09
0.98
0.83
30R185
2.68
2.41
2.13
1.85
1.54
1.42
1.26
1.13
0.96
30R250
3.63
3.25
2.88
2.50
2.08
1.93
1.70
1.53
1.30
30R300
4.35
3.90
3.45
3.00
2.49
2.31
2.04
1.83
1.56
30R400
5.80
5.20
4.60
4.00
3.32
3.08
2.72
2.44
2.08
30R500
7.25
6.50
5.75
5.00
4.15
3.85
3.40
3.05
2.60
30R600
8.70
7.80
6.90
6.00
4.98
4.62
4.08
3.66
3.12
30R700
10.15
9.10
8.05
7.00
5.81
5.39
4.76
4.27
3.64
30R800
11.60
10.40
9.20
8.00
6.64
6.16
5.44
4.88
4.16
30R900
13.05
11.70
10.35
9.00
7.47
6.93
6.12
5.49
4.68
Temperature Rerating Curve
0.90A
1.10A
1.35A
1.60A
1.85 A
2.50A
3.00A
4.00A
5.00A
6.00A
7.00A
8.00A
9.00A
Average Time Current Curves
150%
30R
Percentage of Rated Current
100000
170%
10000
Time in Seconds
1000
130%
110%
90%
70%
50%
30%
100
10%
-40 -30 -20
10
-10
0
10
20 30
40
Temperature (°C)
50
60
70
80
1
0.1
0.01
0.1
1
10
100
Current in Amperes
The average time current curves and Temperature Rerating curve performance is affected
by a number or variables, and these curves provided as guidance only. Customer must
verify the performance in their application.
30R Series
72
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/30R.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 30R Series
Soldering Parameters - Wave Soldering
Soldering Zone
Cooling Zone
Max. ramping rate should not exceed
4°C/Sec.
Soldering
260
Cooling
220
Temperature (°C)
Pre-Heating Zone
Refer to the condition recommended
by the flux manufacturer.
Max. solder temperature should not
exceed 260°C
Cooling by natural convection in air.
Preheating
190
160
0
60 min.
5 max.
Time(s)
Lead Material
Soldering
Characteristics
Environmental Specifications
0.90-2.50A: Tin-plated Copper clad steel
3.00-9.00A: Tin-plated Copper
Solderability per MIL–STD–202,
Method 208E
Insulating Material
Cured, flame retardant epoxy polymer
meets UL94V-0 requirements.
Device Labeling
Marked with ‘LF’, voltage, current rating,
and date code.
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/30R.html for current information.
73
Operating/Storage
Temperature
-40°C to +85°C
Maximum Device Surface
Temperature in Tripped State
125°C
Passive Aging
+85°C, 1000 hours
-/+5% typical resistance
change
Humidity Aging
+85°C, 85% R.H., 1000 hours
-/+5% typical resistance
change
Thermal Shock
+85°C to -40°C 10 times
-/+5% typical resistance
change
Solvent Resistance
MIL–STD–202, Method 215F
No change
Moisture Resistance Level
Level 2, J–STD–020C
30R Series
30R Series
Physical Specifications
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 30R Series
Dimensions
Part Marking System
E
A
Single Sided Marking
Littelfuse
Trademark
30
110U
XXXX
B
Voltage Rating
Current Rating
Date Code
(Contact Littelfuse
for additional
information)
D
C
Part Number
30R090
30R110
A
Inches mm
Max.
Max.
0.29
7.40
0.29
7.40
B
Inches mm
Max.
Max.
0.48
12.20
0.56
14.20
C
Inches mm
Typ.
Typ.
0.20
5.10
0.20
D
Inches mm
Min.
Min.
0.30
7.60
5.10
0.30
7.60
E
Inches mm
Max.
Max.
0.12
3.00
0.12
3.00
Physical Characteristics
Lead (dia)
Material
Inches mm
0.02
0.51
Sn/CuFe
0.02
0.51
Sn/CuFe
30R135
0.35
8.90
0.53
13.50
0.20
5.10
0.30
7.60
0.12
3.00
0.02
0.51
Sn/CuFe
30R160
0.35
8.90
0.60
15.20
0.20
5.10
0.30
7.60
0.12
3.00
0.02
0.51
Sn/CuFe
30R185
0.40
10.20
0.62
15.70
0.20
5.10
0.30
7.60
0.12
3.00
0.02
0.51
Sn/CuFe
30R250
0.45
11.40
0.72
18.30
0.20
5.10
0.30
7.60
0.12
3.00
0.02
0.51
Sn/Cu
30R300
0.45
11.40
0.76
19.20
0.20
5.10
0.30
7.60
0.12
3.00
0.03
0.81
Sn/Cu
30R400
0.55
14.00
0.87
22.00
0.20
5.10
0.30
7.60
0.12
3.00
0.03
0.81
Sn/Cu
30R500
0.55
14.00
1.01
25.60
0.40
10.20
0.30
7.60
0.12
3.00
0.03
0.81
Sn/Cu
30R600
0.65
16.50
1.06
26.80
0.40
10.20
0.30
7.60
0.12
3.00
0.03
0.81
Sn/Cu
30R700
0.75
19.10
1.13
28.60
0.40
10.20
0.30
7.60
0.12
3.00
0.03
0.81
Sn/Cu
30R800
0.85
21.60
1.22
31.10
0.40
10.20
0.30
7.60
0.12
3.00
0.03
0.81
Sn/Cu
30R900
0.95
24.10
1.24
31.60
0.40
10.20
0.30
7.60
0.12
3.00
0.03
0.81
Sn/Cu
30R Series
74
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/30R.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 30R Series
Part Ordering Number System
30 R 250
U PR
PACKAGING STYLE
BLANK: Bulk
R: Tape & Ammo
SERIES
QUANTITY CODE: F=200 H=100 M=1000 P=2000 U=500
TYPE: U (30VDC)
I HOLD CURRENT CODE (SEE TABLE BELOW)
R: RADIAL
VOLTAGE RATING (VDC)
Packaging
30R090
30R110
30R135
30R160
30R185
30R250
30R300
30R400
30R500
30R600
30R700
Ordering Number
30R090UU
30R090UPR
30R110UU
30R110UPR
30R135UU
30R135UPR
30R160UU
30R160UPR
30R185UU
30R185UPR
30R250UU
30R250UPR
30R300UU
30R300UPR
30R400UF
30R400UMR
30R500UF
30R500UMR
30R600UF
30R600UMR
30R700UF
30R700UMR
I hold
(A)
I hold
Code
0.90
090
1.10
110
1.35
135
1.60
160
1.85
185
2.50
250
3.00
300
4.00
400
5.00
500
6.00
600
7.00
700
Quantity & Packaging
Codes
Packaging Option
Quantity
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
200
F
Tape and Ammo
1000
MR
Bulk
200
F
Tape and Ammo
1000
MR
Bulk
200
F
Tape and Ammo
1000
MR
Bulk
200
F
Tape and Ammo
1000
MR
30R800
30R800UH
8.00
800
Bulk
100
H
30R900
30R900UH
9.00
900
Bulk
100
H
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/30R.html for current information.
75
30R Series
Part Number
30R Series
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 30R Series
Tape and Reel Specifications
Devices taped using EIA468-B/IE286-2 standards. See table below and Figures 1 and 2 for details.
Dimension
EIA Mark
IEC Mark
Carrier tape width
W
Dimensions
Dim. (mm)
Tol. (mm)
W
18
-0.5 / +1.0
Hold down tape width:
W4
W0
11
min.
Top distance between tape edges
W6
W2
3
max.
Sprocket hole position
W5
W1
9
-0.5 / +0.75
Sprocket hole diameter*
D0
D0
4
-0.32 / +0.2
Abscissa to plane(straight lead)
H
H
18.5
-/+ 3.0
Abscissa to plane(kinked lead)
H0
H0
16
-/+ 0.5
Abscissa to top: 30R090-30R185
H1
H1
Abscissa to top: 30R250-30R900
Overall width w/o lead protrusion: 30R090-30R185
C1
Overall width w/o lead protrusion: 30R250-30R900
Overall width w/ lead protrusion: 30R090-30R185
C2
Overall width w/ lead protrusion: 30R250-30R900
32.2
max.
45.0
max.
42.5
max.
56
max.
43.2
max.
57
max.
Lead protrusion
L1
l1
1.0
max.
Protrusion of cut out
L
L
11
max.
Protrusion beyond hold–down tape
l2
l2
Not specified
Sprocket hole pitch: 30R090-30R300
P0
P0
12.7
-/+ 0.3
Sprocket hole pitch on: 30R400-30R900
P0
P0
25.4
-/+ 0.5
Device pitch: 30R090-30R300
12.7
Device pitch: 30R400-30R900
25.4
Pitch tolerance
20
consecutive.
-/+ 1
Tape thickness
t
0.9
max.
Tape thickness with splice: 30R090-30R250
t1
t
1.5
max.
Tape thickness with splice: 30R300-30R900
t1
2.0
max.
0
-/+ 0.3
0
-/+ 1.0
Splice sprocket hole alignment
Body lateral deviation
Δh
Δh
Body tape plane deviation
Δp
Δp
0
-/+ 1.3
Ordinate to adjacent component lead*
P1
P1
3.81
-/+ 0.7
7.62
-/+ 0.7
F
F
5.08
-/+ 0.8
Ordinate to adjacent component lead*
Lead spacing: 30R090–30R400
Lead spacing: 30R500-30R900
F
F
10.18
-/+ 0.8
Reel width: 30R090-30R185
w2
w
56
max.
Reel width: 30R250-30R900
w2
w
63.5
max.
Reel diameter
a
d
370
max.
Space between flanges less device*
w1
4.75
-3.25 / +8.25
Arbor hole diameter
c
f
26
-/+ 12.0
Core diameter*
n
h
91
max.
max.
Box
64/372/372
Consecutive missing places
None
Empty places per reel
0.1% max.
*Differs from EIA Specification
30R Series
76
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/30R.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 30R Series
Tape and Reel Diagram
Δh
Δh
Δh
Δp
Reference plane
A1
H1
F
A
L
B
H0
W 4 W5
W
H1 C 1
H C2
I2
L1
P0
D0
Direction of unreeling
Cross section A - B
Reel
Upper side
Direction
of
unreeling
Tape
Lower side
w1
w2
Cross section
Optional shape: Circular or polygonal
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/30R.html for current information.
77
30R Series
30R Series
t
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 60R Series
60R Series
Description
The 60R Series radial leaded device is designed to provide
overcurrent protection for (≤60V) applications where space
is not a concern and resettable protection
is preferred.
Features
t3P)4DPNQMJBOUBOE
lead–free
t'BTUUJNFoUPoUSJQ
Agency Approvals
Applications
AGENCY
t64#IVCTQPSUT
and peripherals
t*&&&QPSUT
t$PNQVUFSTQFSJQIFSBMT
t.PUPSQSPUFDUJPO
AGENCY FILE NUMBER
E183209
R50119318
t$VSFEnBNFSFUBSEBOU
epoxy polymer insulating
material meets UL 94V-0
requirements
t(FOFSBMFMFDUSPOJDT
t"VUPNPUJWFBQQMJDBUJPOT
t*OEVTUSJBMDPOUSPMT
t5SBOTGPSNFST
Part Number
I hold
(A)
I trip
(A)
V max
(Vdc)
I max
(A)
Pd
max.
(W)
60R010
0.10
0.20
60
40
60R020
0.20
0.40
60
60R025
0.25
0.50
60
60R030
0.30
0.60
60R040
0.40
0.80
60R050
0.50
60R065
0.65
60R075
60R090
Maximum Time
To Trip
Resistance
Agency
Approvals
Current
(A)
Time
(Sec.)
R min
(Ω)
R 1max
(Ω)
0.38
0.50
4.00
2.500
7.500
X
X
40
0.41
1.00
2.20
1.830
4.400
X
X
40
0.45
1.25
2.50
1.250
3.000
X
X
60
40
0.49
1.50
3.00
0.880
2.100
X
X
60
40
0.56
2.00
3.80
0.550
1.290
X
X
1.00
60
40
0.77
2.50
4.00
0.500
1.170
X
X
1.30
60
40
0.88
3.25
5.30
0.310
0.720
X
X
0.75
1.50
60
40
0.92
3.75
6.30
0.250
0.600
X
X
0.90
1.80
60
40
0.99
4.50
7.20
0.200
0.470
X
X
60R110
1.10
2.20
60
40
1.50
5.50
8.20
0.150
0.380
X
X
60R135
1.35
2.70
60
40
1.70
6.75
9.60
0.120
0.300
X
X
60R160
1.60
3.20
60
40
1.90
8.00
11.40
0.090
0.220
X
X
60R185
1.85
3.70
60
40
2.10
9.25
12.60
0.080
0.190
X
X
60R250
2.50
5.00
60
40
2.50
12.50
15.60
0.050
0.130
X
X
60R300
3.00
6.00
60
40
2.80
15.00
19.80
0.040
0.100
X
X
60R375
3.75
7.50
60
40
3.20
18.75
24.00
0.030
0.080
X
X
I hold = Hold current: maximum current device will pass without tripping in 20°C still air.
R min = Minimum resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
I trip = Trip current: minimum current at which the device will trip in 20°C still air.
R typ = Typical resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
V max = Maximum voltage device can withstand without damage at rated current (I max)
R 1max = Maximum resistance of device at 20°C measured one hour after tripping or reflow
soldering of 260°C for 20 sec.
I max = Maximum fault current device can withstand without damage at rated voltage (Vmax)
Caution: Operation beyond the specified rating may result in damage and possible arcing
and flame.
Pd = Power dissipated from device when in the tripped state at 20°C still air.
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/60R.html for current information.
79
60R Series
60R Series
Electrical Characteristics
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 60R Series
Temperature Rerating
Ambient Operation Temperature
-40°C
-20°C
0°C
23°C
40°C
50°C
60°C
70°C
85°C
Hold Current (A)
Part Number
60R010
0.16
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
60R020
0.31
0.27
0.24
0.20
0.16
0.14
0.13
0.11
0.08
60R025
0.39
0.34
0.30
0.25
0.20
0.18
0.16
0.14
0.10
60R030
0.47
0.41
0.36
0.30
0.24
0.22
0.19
0.16
0.12
60R040
0.62
0.54
0.48
0.40
0.32
0.29
0.25
0.22
0.16
60R050
0.78
0.68
0.60
0.50
0.41
0.36
0.32
0.27
0.20
60R065
1.01
0.88
0.77
0.65
0.53
0.47
0.41
0.35
0.26
60R075
1.16
1.02
0.89
0.75
0.61
0.54
0.47
0.41
0.30
60R090
1.40
1.22
1.07
0.90
0.73
0.65
0.57
0.49
0.36
60R110
1.71
1.50
1.31
1.10
0.89
0.79
0.69
0.59
0.44
60R135
2.09
1.84
1.61
1.35
1.09
0.97
0.85
0.73
0.54
60R160
2.48
2.18
1.90
1.60
1.30
1.15
1.01
0.86
0.64
60R185
2.87
2.52
2.20
1.85
1.50
1.33
1.17
1.00
0.74
60R250
3.88
3.40
2.98
2.50
2.03
1.80
1.58
1.35
1.00
60R300
4.65
4.08
3.57
3.00
2.43
2.16
1.89
1.62
1.20
60R375
5.81
5.10
4.46
3.75
3.04
2.70
2.36
2.03
1.50
Temperature Rerating Curve
0.200A
0.250A
0.300A
0.400A
0.500A
0.650A
0.750A
0.900A
1.10A
1.35A
1.60A
1.85A
2.50A
3.00A
3.75A
Average Time Current Curves
150%
60R
Percentage of Rated Current
100000
170%
10000
Time in Seconds
1000
100
130%
110%
90%
70%
50%
30%
10%
-40 -30 -20
10
-10
0
10
20 30
40
Temperature (°C)
50
60
70
80
1
0.1
0.01
0.1
1
10
100
Current in Amperes
The average time current curves and Temperature Rerating curve performance is affected
by a number or variables, and these curves provided as guidance only. Customer must
verify the performance in their application.
60R Series
80
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/60R.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 60R Series
Soldering Parameters - Wave Soldering
Refer to the condition
recommended by the
flux manufacturer.
Pre-Heating Zone
Cooling Zone
Cooling by natural
convection in air.
Cooling
220
Temperature (°C)
Soldering Zone
Max. solder
temperature should not
exceed 260°C
Soldering
260
Max. ramping rate
should not exceed 4°C/
Sec.
Preheating
190
160
0
60 min.
5 max.
Time(s)
Physical Specifications
Lead Material
.20-.40A: Tin-plated Copper clad steel
.50-3.75A: Tin-plated Copper
Operating/Storage
Temperature
-40°C to +85°C
Soldering
Characteristics
Solderability per MIL–STD–202,
Method 208E
Maximum Device Surface
Temperature in Tripped State
125°C
Insulating Material
Cured, flame retardant epoxy polymer
meets UL94V-0 requirements.
Passive Aging
+85°C, 1000 hours
-/+ 5% typical resistance
change
Device Labeling
Marked with ‘LF’, voltage, current rating,
and date code.
Humidity Aging
+85°C, 85% R.H.,1000 hours
-/+ 5% typical resistance
change
Thermal Shock
+85°C to -40°C 10 times
-/+ 5% typical resistance
change
Solvent Resistance
MIL–STD–202, Method 215F
Moisture Resistance Level
Level 2, J–STD–020C
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/60R.html for current information.
81
60R Series
60R Series
Environmental Specifications
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 60R Series
Dimensions
Part Marking System
Single Sided Marking
E
A
Littelfuse
Trademark
Voltage Rating
Current Rating
60
050X
XXXX
Date Code
(Contact Littelfuse
for additional
information)
B
D
C
A
Part Number
B
C
D
E
Physical Characteristics
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Lead (dia)
Max.
Max.
Max.
Max.
Typ.
Typ.
Min.
Min.
Max.
Max.
Inches
mm
Material
60R010
0.29
7.4
0.50
12.7
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.02
0.51
Sn/CuFe
60R020
0.29
7.4
0.46
11.7
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.02
0.51
Sn/CuFe
60R025
0.29
7.4
0.50
12.7
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.02
0.51
Sn/CuFe
60R030
0.29
7.4
0.50
12.7
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.02
0.51
Sn/CuFe
60R040
0.30
7.6
0.53
13.5
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.02
0.51
Sn/CuFe
60R050
0.31
7.9
0.54
13.7
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.02
0.51
Sn/Cu
60R065
0.37
9.4
0.57
14.5
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.02
0.51
Sn/Cu
60R075
0.40
10.2
0.59
15
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.02
0.51
Sn/Cu
60R090
0.44
11.2
0.62
15.8
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.02
0.51
Sn/Cu
60R110
0.51
13
0.72
18.2
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.03
0.81
Sn/Cu
60R135
0.53
13.58
0.78
19.8
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.03
0.81
Sn/Cu
60R160
0.60
15.36
0.85
21.6
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.03
0.81
Sn/Cu
60R185
0.66
16.76
0.91
23
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.03
0.81
Sn/Cu
60R250
0.78
19.93
1.03
26.2
0.40
10.2
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.03
0.81
Sn/Cu
60R300
0.91
23.11
1.15
29.3
0.40
10.2
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.03
0.81
Sn/Cu
60R375
1.04
26.3
1.22
31.1
0.40
10.2
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.03
0.81
Sn/Cu
60R Series
82
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/60R.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 60R Series
Part Ordering Number System
60 R 250
X MR
PACKAGING STYLE
BLANK: Bulk
R: Tape & Ammo
SERIES
QUANTITY CODE: F=200 H=100 M=1000 P=2000 U=500
TYPE: X (60VDC)
I HOLD CURRENT CODE (SEE TABLE BELOW)
R: RADIAL
VOLTAGE RATING (VDC)
Part Number
60R010
60R020
60R025
60R030
60R040
60R050
60R065
60R075
60R090
60R110
60R135
60R160
60R185
60R250
Ordering
Number
60R010XU
60R010XPR
60R020XU
60R020XPR
60R025XU
60R025XPR
60R030XU
60R030XPR
60R040XU
60R040XPR
60R050XU
60R050XPR
60R065XU
60R065XPR
60R075XU
60R075XPR
60R090XU
60R090XPR
60R110XU
60R110XMR
60R135XF
60R135XMR
60R160XF
60R160XMR
60R185XF
60R185XMR
60R250XF
60R250XMR
I hold
(A)
I hold Code
0.10
010
0.20
020
0.25
025
0.30
030
0.40
040
0.50
050
0.65
0.75
065
075
0.90
090
1.10
110
1.35
135
1.60
160
1.85
185
2.50
250
Packaging Option
Quantity
Quantity & Packaging
Codes
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
1000
MR
Bulk
200
F
Tape and Ammo
1000
MR
Bulk
200
F
Tape and Ammo
1000
MR
Bulk
200
F
Tape and Ammo
1000
MR
Bulk
200
F
Tape and Ammo
1000
MR
60R300
60R300XF
3.00
300
Bulk
200
F
60R375
60R375XH
3.75
375
Bulk
100
H
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/60R.html for current information.
83
60R Series
Packaging
60R Series
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 60R Series
Tape and Reel Specifications
Devices taped using EIA468-B/IE286-2 standards. See table below and Figures 1 and 2 for details.
Dimension
EIA Mark
IEC Mark
Carrier tape width
W
Hold down tape width
Dimensions
Dim. (mm)
Tol. (mm)
W
18
-0.5 / +1.0
W4
W0
11
min.
Top distance between tape edges
W6
W2
3
max.
Sprocket hole position
W5
W1
9
-0.5 / +0.75
Sprocket hole diameter*
D0
D0
4
-0.32 / +0.2
Abscissa to plane(straight lead)
H
H
18.5
-/+ 3.0
Abscissa to plane(kinked lead)
H0
H0
16
-/+ 0.5
Abscissa to top 60R010-60R090
H1
H1
32.2
max.
Abscissa to top 60R110-60R300
H1
47.5
max.
Overall width without lead protrusion:60R010-60R090
C1
42.5
max.
Overall width without lead protrusion:60R110-60R300
Overall width with lead protrusion:60R010-60R090
57
C2
43.2
Overall width with lead protrusion:60R110-60R300
max.
58
Lead protrusion
L1
l1
1.0
max.
Protrusion of cut out
L
L
11
max.
Protrusion beyond hold-down tape
l2
l2
Not specified
Sprocket hole pitch:60R010-60R090
P0
P0
12.7
-/+ 0.3
Sprocket hole pitch:60R110-60R300
P0
P0
25.4
-/+ 0.5
20
consecutive.
-/+ 1
Pitch tolerance
Device pitch:60R010-60R090
12.7
Device pitch:60R110-60R300
25.4
Tape thickness
t
Tape thickness with splice
t1
t
Splice sprocket hole alignment
0.9
max.
2.0
max.
0
-/+ 0.3
Body lateral deviation
Δh
Δh
0
-/+ 1.0
Body tape plane deviation
Δp
Δp
0
-/+ 1.3
Ordinate to adjacent component lead*:60R01060R090
P1
P1
3.81
-/+ 0.7
7.62
-/+ 0.7
Ordinate to adjacent component lead*:60R11060R300
Lead spacing:60R010-60R185
F
F
5.08
-/+ 0.8
Lead spacing:60R250-60R300
F
F
10.18
-/+ 0.8
Reel width: 60R010-60R065
w2
w
56
max.
Reel width: 60R075-60R300
w2
w
63.5
max.
d
Reel diameter
a
Space between flanges less device*
w1
Arbor hole diameter
c
f
Core diameter*
n
h
Box
370
max.
4.75
-3.25 / +9.25
26
-/+ 12.0
91
max.
56/372/372
max.
Consecutive missing places
None
Empty places per reel
0.1% max.
*Differs from EIA Specification
60R Series
84
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/60R.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 60R Series
Tape and Reel Diagram
Figure 1
Δh
Δh
Δh
Δp
Reference plane
A1
H1
F
A
L
B
H0
W4 W5
W
H1 C 1
H C2
I2
L1
P0
D0
Direction of unreeling
Cross section A - B
t
Reel
Upper side
Direction
of
unreeling
Tape
Lower side
w1
w2
Cross section
Optional shape: Circular or polygonal
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/60R.html for current information.
85
60R Series
60R Series
Figure 2
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 72R Series
72R Series
Description
The 72R Series is designed to provide overcurrent
protection to 72Vdc maximum voltage with a maximum
40A short circuit rating.
Features
t3P)4$PNQMJBOUBOE
lead-free
t3FTFUUBCMFGFBUVSF
t7EDNBYWPMUBHFXNBY
40A short circuit rating
t*EFBMGPSBCSPBESBOHFPG
general electronics using a
low voltage power supply
Agency Approvals
Applications
AGENCY
t-PBEQSPUFDUJPOPOXJEF
t$PNQVUFSQFSJQIFSBMT
range of low voltage power t(FOFSBMFMFDUSPOJDT
supplies
AGENCY FILE NUMBER
E183209
Electrical Characteristics
Part Number
I hold
(A)
I trip
(A)
V max
(Vdc)
I max
(A)
Pd typ.
(W)
72R020X
0.20
0.40
72
40
72R025X
0.25
0.50
72
72R030X
0.30
0.60
72R040X
0.40
72R050X
0.50
72R065X
72R075X
72R090X
72R110X
Maximum Time
To Trip
Resistance
Agency
Approvals
Current
(A)
Time
(Sec.)
R min
(Ω)
R 1max
(Ω)
0.41
1.00
2.20
1.830
4.400
X
X
40
0.45
1.25
2.50
1.250
3.000
X
X
72
40
0.49
1.50
3.00
0.880
2.100
X
X
0.80
72
40
0.56
2.00
3.80
0.550
1.290
X
X
1.00
72
40
0.77
2.50
4.00
0.500
1.170
X
X
0.65
1.30
72
40
0.88
3.25
5.30
0.310
0.720
X
X
0.75
1.50
72
40
0.92
3.75
6.30
0.250
0.600
X
X
0.90
1.80
72
40
0.99
4.50
7.20
0.200
0.470
X
X
1.10
2.20
72
40
1.50
5.50
8.20
0.150
0.380
X
X
72R135X
1.35
2.70
72
40
1.70
6.75
9.60
0.120
0.300
X
X
72R160X
1.60
3.20
72
40
1.90
8.00
11.40
0.090
0.220
X
X
72R185X
1.85
3.70
72
40
2.10
9.25
12.60
0.080
0.190
X
X
72R250X
2.50
5.00
72
40
2.50
12.50
15.60
0.050
0.130
X
X
72R300X
3.00
6.00
72
40
2.80
15.00
19.80
0.040
0.100
X
X
72R375X
3.75
7.50
72
40
3.20
18.75
24.00
0.030
0.080
X
X
I hold = Hold current: maximum current device will pass without tripping in 23°C still air.
R 1max = Maximum resistance of device at 23°C measured one hour after tripping or reflow
soldering of 260°C for 20 sec.
I trip = Trip current: minimum current at which the device will trip in 23°C still air.
Caution: Operation beyond the specified rating may result in damage and possible arcing
and flame.
V max = Maximum voltage device can withstand without damage at rated current (I max)
I max = Maximum fault current device can withstand without damage at rated voltage (Vmax)
P d = Power dissipated from device when in the tripped state at 23°C still air.
R min = Minimum resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/72R.html for current information.
87
72R Series
72R Series
t$PNQVUFST
R50119318
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 72R Series
Temperature Rerating
Ambient Operation Temperature
-40°C
-20°C
0°C
23°C
Part Number
40°C
50°C
60°C
70°C
85°C
0.08
Hold Current (A)
72R020X
0.31
0.27
0.24
0.20
0.16
0.14
0.13
0.11
72R025X
0.39
0.34
0.30
0.25
0.20
0.18
0.16
0.14
0.10
72R030X
0.47
0.41
0.36
0.30
0.24
0.22
0.19
0.16
0.12
72R040X
0.62
0.54
0.48
0.40
0.32
0.29
0.25
0.22
0.16
72R050X
0.78
0.68
0.60
0.50
0.41
0.36
0.32
0.27
0.20
72R065X
1.01
0.88
0.77
0.65
0.53
0.47
0.41
0.35
0.26
72R075X
1.16
1.02
0.89
0.75
0.61
0.54
0.47
0.41
0.30
72R090X
1.40
1.22
1.07
0.90
0.73
0.65
0.57
0.49
0.36
72R110X
1.71
1.50
1.31
1.10
0.89
0.79
0.69
0.59
0.44
72R135X
2.09
1.84
1.61
1.35
1.09
0.97
0.85
0.73
0.54
72R160X
2.48
2.18
1.90
1.60
1.30
1.15
1.01
0.86
0.64
72R185X
2.87
2.52
2.20
1.85
1.50
1.33
1.17
1.00
0.74
72R250X
3.88
3.40
2.98
2.50
2.03
1.80
1.58
1.35
1.00
72R300X
4.65
4.08
3.57
3.00
2.43
2.16
1.89
1.62
1.20
72R375X
5.81
5.10
4.46
3.75
3.04
2.70
2.36
2.03
1.50
Temperature Rerating Curve
0.20A
0.25A
0.30A
0.40A
0.50A
0.65A
0.75A
0.90A
1.10A
1.35A
1.60A
1.85A
2.50A
3.00A
3.75A
Average Time Current Curves
150%
Percentage of Rated Current
100
170%
72R
Time in Seconds
10
130%
110%
90%
70%
50%
30%
1
10%
-40 -30 -20
-10
0
10
20 30
40
Temperature (°C)
50
60
70
80
0.1
0.01
0.1
1
10
100
Current in Amperes
The average time current curves and Temperature Rerating curve performance is affected
by a number or variables, and these curves provided as guidance only. Customer must
verify the performance in their application.
72R Series
88
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/72R.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 72R Series
Soldering Parameters - Wave Soldering
Max. ramping rate should not exceed
4°C/Sec.
Soldering Zone
Max. solder temperature should not
exceed 260°C
Cooling Zone
Cooling by natural convection in air.
Soldering
260
Cooling
220
Temperature (°C)
Pre-Heating Zone
Refer to the condition recommended by
the flux manufacturer.
Preheating
190
160
0
60 min.
5 max.
Time(s)
Environmental Specifications
Lead Material
0.20-0.40A: Tin-plated Copper clad steel
0.50-3.75A: Tin-plated Copper
Operating/Storage
Temperature
-40°C to +85°C
Soldering
Characteristics
Solderability per MIL–STD–202, Method
208E
Maximum Device Surface
Temperature in Tripped State
125°C
Insulating Material
Cured, flame retardant epoxy polymer
meets UL 94V-0 requirements.
Passive Aging
+85°C, 1000 hours
-/+5% typical resistance change
Lead Solderability
Marked with ‘LF’, voltage, current rating,
and date code.
Humidity Aging
+85°C, 85% R.H. 1000 hours
-/+5% typical resistance change
Thermal Shock
+85°C to -40°C 10 times
-/+5% typical resistance change
Solvent Resistance
MIL–STD–202, Method 215F
Moistrue Sesitivity Level
Level 2, J–STD–020C
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/72R.html for current information.
89
72R Series
72R Series
Physical Specifications
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 72R Series
Dimensions
Part Marking System
E
A
Single Sided Marking
Littelfuse
Trademark
Voltage Rating
Current Rating
72
020X
XXXX
Date Code
(Contact Littelfuse
for additional
information)
B
D
C
A
Part Number
B
C
D
E
Physical Characteristics
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Max.
Max.
Max.
Max.
Typ.
Typ.
Min.
Min.
Max.
Max.
Inches
Lead (dia)
mm
72R020X
0.29
7.4
0.46
11.7
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.02
0.51
Sn/CuFe
72R025X
0.29
7.4
0.50
12.7
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.02
0.51
Sn/CuFe
72R030X
0.29
7.4
0.50
12.7
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.02
0.51
Sn/CuFe
72R040X
0.30
7.6
0.53
13.5
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.02
0.51
Sn/CuFe
72R050X
0.31
7.9
0.54
13.7
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.02
0.51
Sn/Cu
72R065X
0.37
9.4
0.57
14.5
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.02
0.51
Sn/Cu
72R075X
0.40
10.2
0.60
15.2
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.02
0.51
Sn/Cu
72R090X
0.44
11.2
0.62
15.8
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.02
0.51
Sn/Cu
72R110X
0.51
13.0
0.72
18.2
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.03
0.81
Sn/Cu
72R135X
0.53
13.58
0.78
19.8
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.03
0.81
Sn/Cu
72R160X
0.60
15.36
0.85
21.6
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.03
0.81
Sn/Cu
Material
72R185X
0.66
16.76
0.91
23.0
0.20
5.1
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.03
0.81
Sn/Cu
72R250X
0.78
19.93
1.03
26.2
0.40
10.2
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.03
0.81
Sn/Cu
72R300X
0.91
23.11
1.15
29.3
0.40
10.2
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.03
0.81
Sn/Cu
72R375X
1.04
26.3
1.22
31.1
0.40
10.2
0.30
7.6
0.12
3.1
0.03
0.81
Sn/Cu
72R Series
90
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/72R.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 72R Series
Part Ordering Number System
72 R 090
X PR
PACKAGING STYLE
BLANK: Bulk
R: Tape & Ammo
SERIES
QUANTITY CODE: F=200 H=100 M=1000 P=2000 U=500
TYPE: X (72VDC)
I HOLD CURRENT CODE (See to Electrical Characteristics table)
R: RADIAL
VOLTAGE RATING (VDC)
Part Number
72R020X
72R025X
72R030X
72R040X
72R050X
72R065X
72R075X
72R090X
72R110X
72R135X
72R160X
72R185X
72R250X
72R300X
72R375X
Ordering Part
Number
72R020XU
72R020XPR
72R025XU
72R025XPR
72R030XU
72R030XPR
72R040XU
72R040XPR
72R050XU
72R050XPR
72R065XU
72R065XPR
72R075XU
72R075XPR
72R090XU
72R090XPR
72R110XU
72R110XMR
72R135XF
72R135XMR
72R160XF
72R160XMR
72R185XF
72R185XMR
72R250XF
72R250XMR
72R300XF
72R300XMR
72R375XH
I hold
(A)
I hold
Code
0.20
020
0.25
025
0.30
030
0.40
040
0.50
050
0.65
065
0.75
075
0.90
090
1.10
110
1.35
135
1.60
160
1.85
185
2.50
250
3.00
300
3.75
375
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/72R.html for current information.
Packaging
Option
Quantity
Quantity &
Packaging Codes
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
2000
PR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
1000
MR
Bulk
200
F
Tape and Ammo
1000
MR
Bulk
200
F
Tape and Ammo
1000
MR
Bulk
200
F
Tape and Ammo
1000
MR
Bulk
200
F
Tape and Ammo
1000
MR
Bulk
200
F
Tape and Ammo
1000
MR
Bulk
100
H
91
72R Series
Packaging
72R Series
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 72R Series
Tape and Reel Specifications
Devices taped using EIA468-B/IE286-2 standards. See table below and Figures 1 and 2 for details.
Dimensions
Dimension
EIA Mark
IEC Mark
Dim. (mm)
Tol. (mm)
Carrier tape width
W
W
18
–0.5 / +1.0
Hold down tape width
W4
W0
11
min.
Top distance between tape edges
W6
W2
3
max.
Sprocket hole position
W5
W1
9
–0.5 / +0.75
Sprocket hole diameter*
D0
D0
4
–0.32 / +0.2
Abscissa to plane (straight lead)
H
H
18.5
–/+ 3.0
Abscissa to plane (kinked lead)
H0
H0
16
–/+ 0.5
Abscissa to top 72R020X–72R090X
H1
H1
32.2
max.
Abscissa to top 72R110X–72R300X
H1
47.5
max.
Overall width without lead protrusion:
72R020X–72R090X
C1
42.5
max.
Overall width without lead protrusion:
72R110X–72R300X
Overall width with lead protrusion:
72R020X–72R090X
57
C2
Overall width with lead protrusion:
72R110X–72R300X
43.2
max.
58
Lead protrusion
L1
l1
1.0
max.
Protrusion of cut out
L
L
11
max.
Protrusion beyond hold–down tape
l2
l2
Not specified
Sprocket hole pitch: 72R020X–72R090X
P0
P0
12.7
–/+ 0.3
Sprocket hole pitch: 72R110X–72R300X
P0
P0
25.4
–/+ 0.5
20
consecutive.
–/+ 1
Pitch tolerance
Device pitch: 72R020X–72R090X
12.7
Device pitch: 72R110X–72R300X
25.4
Tape thickness
t
Tape thickness with splice
t1
t
0.9
max.
2.0
max.
0
–/+ 0.3
Body lateral deviation
Δh
Δh
0
–/+ 1.0
Body tape plane deviation
Δp
Δp
0
–/+ 1.3
Ordinate to adjacent component lead*:
72R020X–72R090X
P1
P1
3.81
–/+ 0.7
7.62
–/+ 0.7
Splice sprocket hole alignment
Ordinate to adjacent component lead*:
72R110X–72R300X
Lead spacing: 72R020X–72R185X
F
F
5.08
–/+ 0.8
Lead spacing: 72R250X–72R300X
F
F
10.18
–/+ 0.8
Reel width: 72R020X–72R065X
w2
w
56
max.
Reel width: 72R075X–72R300X
w2
w
63.5
max.
Reel diameter
a
d
Space between flanges less device*
w1
370
max.
4.75
–3.25 / +9.25
Arbor hole diameter
c
f
26
–/+ 12.0
Core diameter*
n
h
91
max.
max.
Box
56/372/372
Consecutive missing places
None
Empty places per reel
0.1% max.
*Differs from EIA Specification
72R Series
92
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/72R.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 72R Series
Tape and Reel Diagram
Figure 1
Δh
Δh
Δh
Δp
Reference plane
A1
H1
F
A
L
B
H0
W4 W5
W
H1 C1
H C2
I2
L1
P0
D0
Direction of unreeling
Cross section A - B
t
Reel
72R Series
Figure 2
Upper side
Direction
of
unreeling
Tape
Lower side
w1
w2
Cross section
Optional shape: Circular or polygonal
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/72R.html for current information.
93
72R Series
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 250R Series
250R Series
Description
The 250R Series is designed to protect against short
duration high voltage fault currents (power cross or power
induction surge) typically found in telecom applications
(250Vrms). The series can be used to help telecom
networking equipment meet the protection requirements
specified in ITU K.20 and K.21.
Features
t3P)4DPNQMJBOUBOE
lead-free
t'BTUUJNFoUPUSJQ
t#JOOFEBOETPSUFEOBSSPX
resistance ranges available
AGENCY
AGENCY FILE NUMBER
E183209
Applications
R50120008
t$VTUPNFS1SFNJTFT
Equipment (CPE)
t$FOUSBM0GmDF$0
telecom centers
t-"/8"/FRVJQNFOU
t"DDFTTFRVJQNFOU
Electrical Characteristics
Vint / Vop
I max
(A)
Pd
max.
(W)
250/60
3
0.16
250/60
0.24
250/60
I hold
(A)
I trip
(A)
250R080
0.08
0.16
250R080T
0.08
250R120
0.12
Part Number
Vmax
Maximum Time
To Trip
Agency
Approvals
Resistance
Current
(A)
Time
(Sec.)
R min
(Ω)
R typ
(Ω)
R 1max
(Ω)
1
0.35
3
14
22
33
X
X
3
1
0.35
3
15
22
33
X
X
3
1
1
1.5
4
8
16
X
X
250R120-RA
0.12
0.24
250/60
3
1
1
1.0
7
9
16
X
X
250R120-RC
0.12
0.24
250/60
3
1
1
0.85
5.4
7.5
14
X
X
250R120-RF
0.12
0.24
250/60
3
1
1
0.7
6
10.5
16
X
X
250R120-R1
0.12
0.24
250/60
3
1
1
0.8
6
9
16
X
X
250R120-R2
0.12
0.24
250/60
3
1
1
0.7
8
10.5
16
X
X
250R120-R3
0.12
0.24
250/60
3
1
1
1
8
10
16
X
X
250R120T
0.12
0.24
250/60
3
1
1
1.2
7
12
16
X
X
250R145
0.145
0.29
250/60
3
1
1
2.5
3
6
14
X
X
250R145-RA
0.145
0.29
250/60
3
1
1
5
3
5.5
12
X
X
250R145-RB
0.145
0.29
250/60
3
1
1
2.5
4.5
6
14
X
X
250R145T
0.145
0.29
250/60
3
1
1
2.0
5.4
7.5
14
X
X
250R180
0.18
0.65
250/60
10
1.8
1
21
0.8
2.2
4
X
X
250R180T
0.18
0.65
250/60
10
1.8
1
20
1.4
3.9
4.5
X
X
Items with T at end of part number = pre-tripped device. See Part Ordering Number System section of this data sheet for additional information.
I hold = Hold current: maximum current device will pass without tripping in 23°C still air.
R min = Minimum resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
I trip = Trip current: minimum current at which the device will trip in 23°C still air.
R typ = Typical resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
Vint = Maximum voltage the device can withstand without damage at rated current (I max)
R 1max = Maximum resistance of device at 20°C measured one hour after tripping.
Vop= The device regular operation voltage
Caution: Operation beyond the specified rating may result in damage and possible arcing
and flame.
I max = Maximum fault current device can withstand without damage at rated voltage (Vmax)
P d = Power dissipated from device when in the tripped state at 23°C still air.
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/250R.html for current information.
95
250R Series
250R Series
Agency Approvals
toIPMEDVSSFOU
range, 60VDC operating
voltage
t7"$JOUFSSVQUSBUJOH
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 250R Series
Temperature Rerating
Ambient Operation Temperature
-40°C
-20°C
0°C
23°C
Part Number
40°C
50°C
60°C
70°C
85°C
Hold Current (A)
250R080
0.12
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.04
0.03
250R080T
0.12
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.04
0.03
250R120
0.18
0.16
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.08
0.06
0.05
250R120T
0.18
0.16
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.08
0.06
0.05
250R145
0.26
0.20
0.17
0.145
0.12
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.06
250R145T
0.26
0.20
0.17
0.145
0.12
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.06
250R180
0.28
0.23
0.21
0.18
0.16
0.13
0.10
0.11
0.083
250R180T
0.28
0.23
0.21
0.18
0.16
0.13
0.10
0.11
0.083
Average Time Current Curves
Temperature Rerating Curve
0.080A
0.120A
0.145A
0.180A
170%
150%
Percentage of Rated Current
250R
100000
10000
Time in Seconds
1000
130%
110%
90%
70%
50%
30%
100
10%
-40 -30 -20
10
-10
0
10
20 30 40
Temperature (°C)
50
60
70
80
1
0.1
0.01
0.1
1
10
100
Current in Amperes
The average time current curves and Temperature Rerating curve performance is affected
by a number or variables, and these curves provided as guidance only. Customer must
verify the performance in their application.
250R Series
96
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/250R.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 250R Series
Agency Specification Selection Guide For Telecom and Networking Applications
Product
Lightning
Power Cross
250R120
250R145
ITU K.20/21/45 – 1.5kV 10/700μs
ITU K.20/21/45 – 4kV 10/700μs*
ITU K.20/21/45 – 1.5kV 10/700μs
ITU K.20/21/45 – 4kV 10/700μs*
Telcordia GR – 974 – 1.0kV 10/1000μs
ITU K.20/21/45 – 230Vac, 10Ω
ITU K.20/21/45 – 600Vac, 600Ω
ITU K.20/21/45 – 230Vac, 10Ω
ITU K.20/21/45 – 600Vac, 600Ω
Telcordia GR – 974- 283Vac, 10A
250R180
*Devices should be independently evaluated and tested for use in any specific application
Protection Application Guide
Application
South America/Asia/Europe
ITU K.45
*Access network equipment
Remote terminal
Repeaters
WAN equipment
Cross –connect
South America/Asia/Europe
ITU K.21
Customer and IT equipment
Analog modems
ADSL, xDSL
Phone sets, PBX systems
Internet appliances
POS terminals
South America/Asia/Europe
ITU K.20
Central Office
POTS/ISDN linecards
T1/E1/J1 linecards
ADSL/VDSL splitters
CSU/DSU
North America Telcordia
GR-974
South America/Asia/Europe
ITU K.20
North America Telcordia
GR-1089
South America/Asia/Europe
ITU K.20 and K.21
Device Selection
250R180
250R180T
250R145
250R145T
250R120
250R120T
250R180
250R180T
250R145
250R145T
250R120
250R120T
250R180
250R180T
250R145
250R145T
250R120
250R120T
250R180
250R180T
250R145
250R145T
250R120
250R120T
*Primary protection modules
MDF modules
Network interface
*Intrabuilding communication systems
LAN, VOIP cards
Local loop handsets
250R180
250R180T
250R145
250R145T
250R120
250R120T
LAN Intrabuilding power cross
Protection
LAN equipment, IP phone
250R080
250R Series
Region/Specification
*Resistance binned parts are recommended
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/250R.html for current information.
97
250R Series
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 250R Series
Soldering Parameters - Wave Soldering
Peak Temp/ Duration Time
> 220°C
Preheat 140°C ~ 180°C
Storage Condition
Wave Soldering
260°C < 5 Sec
2 Sec ~ 20 Sec
Soldering
260
Cooling
220
180 Sec ~ 210 Sec
0°C~35°C < 70%RH
Temperature (°C)
Condition
t3FDPNNFOEFETPMEFSJOHNFUIPETIFBUFMFNFOUPWFOPS
N2 environment for lead-free.
Preheating
190
160
t%FWJDFTBSFEFTJHOFEUPCFXBWFTPMEFSFEUPUIFCPUUPN
side of the board.
t%FWJDFTDBOCFDMFBOFEVTJOHTUBOEBSEJOEVTUSZNFUIPET
and solvents.
0
180 to 210
2 to 5
20-30
Time(s)
t5IJTQSPmMFDBOCFVTFEGPSMFBEGSFFEFWJDF
Note: If soldering temperatures exceed the recommended
profile, devices may not meet the performance
requirements.
Soldering Parameters - Solder Reflow
Peak Temp/ Duration Time
> 220°C
Preheat 160°C ~ 190°C
Storage Condition
Reflow
260°C > 5 Sec
Soldering
260
30 Sec ~ 60 Sec
Cooling
220
60 Sec ~ 90 Sec
0°C~35°C, < 70%RH
Temperature (°C)
Condition
t3FDPNNFOEFESFnPXNFUIPET*3WBQPSQIBTFPWFOIPU
air oven, N2 environment for lead-free.
Preheating
190
160
t%FWJDFTBSFOPUEFTJHOFEUPCFXBWFTPMEFSFEUPUIF
bottom side of the board.
t%FWJDFTDBOCFDMFBOFEVTJOHTUBOEBSEJOEVTUSZNFUIPET
and solvents.
0
60 to 90
30 to 60
120
Time(s)
Note: If reflow temperatures exceed the recommended
profile, devices may not meet the performance
requirements.
Environmental Specifications
Physical Specifications
Operating/Storage
Temperature
-40°C to +85°C
Maximum Device Surface
Temperature in Tripped State
125°C
Lead Material
Tin-plated Copper
Soldering
Characteristics
Solderability per MIL–STD–202,
Method 208E
Passive Aging
65°C/85°C, 1000 hours
Insulating Material
Cured, flame retardant epoxy polymer
meets UL94V-0 requirements.
Humidity Aging
+85°C, 85% R.H,.1000 hours
Device Labeling
Marked with 'LF', voltage, current rating,
and date code.
Thermal Shock
MIL–STD–202F, Method 107G
+125°C to -55°C 10 times
Solvent Resistance
MIL–STD–202, Method 215F
Moisture Sesitivity Level
Level 2, J–STD–020C
250R Series
98
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/250R.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 250R Series
Dimensions
A
Part Marking System
C
A
C
B
Littelfuse
Voltage Rating
Trademark
Current Rating
Date Code
(Contact Littelfuse
for additional
information)
250
Littelfuse
Trademark
080
XXXX
B
250
Voltage Rating
Current Rating
Date Code
(Contact Littelfuse
for additional
information)
120
XXXX
D
D
F
E
F
E
Figure 2
A
Part Number
250R080
Figure
1
B
C
D
E
Physical Characteristics
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Lead (dia)
Max.
Max.
Max.
Max.
Max.
Max.
Min.
Min.
Typ.
Typ.
Inches
mm
0.23
5.8
0.39
9.9
0.18
4.6
0.19
4.7
0.20
5.1
0.026
0.65
Material
Sn/Cu
250R080T
1
0.23
5.8
0.39
9.9
0.18
4.6
0.19
4.7
0.20
5.1
0.026
0.65
Sn/Cu
250R120
2
0.26
6.5
0.43
11
0.15
3.8
0.19
4.7
0.20
5.1
0.026
0.65
Sn/Cu
250R120-RA
2
0.26
6.5
0.43
11
0.18
4.6
0.19
4.7
0.20
5.1
0.026
0.65
Sn/Cu
250R120-RC
2
0.26
6.5
0.43
11
0.18
4.6
0.19
4.7
0.20
5.1
0.026
0.65
Sn/Cu
250R120-RF
2
0.26
6.5
0.43
11
0.18
4.6
0.19
4.7
0.20
5.1
0.026
0.65
Sn/Cu
250R120-R1
2
0.26
6.5
0.43
11
0.18
4.6
0.19
4.7
0.20
5.1
0.026
0.65
Sn/Cu
250R120-R2
2
0.26
6.5
0.43
11
0.18
4.6
0.19
4.7
0.20
5.1
0.026
0.65
Sn/Cu
250R120-R3
2
0.26
6.5
0.43
11
0.18
4.6
0.19
4.7
0.20
5.1
0.026
0.65
Sn/Cu
250R120T
2
0.26
6.5
0.43
11
0.18
4.6
0.19
4.7
0.20
5.1
0.026
0.65
Sn/Cu
250R145
2
0.26
6.5
0.43
11
0.18
4.6
0.19
4.7
0.20
5.1
0.026
0.65
Sn/Cu
250R145-RA
2
0.26
6.5
0.43
11
0.18
4.6
0.19
4.7
0.20
5.1
0.026
0.65
Sn/Cu
250R145-RB
2
0.26
6.5
0.43
11
0.18
4.6
0.19
4.7
0.20
5.1
0.026
0.65
Sn/Cu
250R145T
2
0.26
6.5
0.43
11
0.18
4.6
0.19
4.7
0.20
5.1
0.026
0.65
Sn/Cu
250R180
1
0.37
9.5
0.47
12
0.18
4.6
0.19
4.7
0.20
5.1
0.026
0.65
Sn/Cu
250R180T
1
0.37
9.5
0.47
12
0.18
4.6
0.19
4.7
0.20
5.1
0.026
0.65
Sn/Cu
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/250R.html for current information.
99
250R Series
250R Series
Figure 1
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 250R Series
Tape and Reel Specifications
Devices taped using EIA468-B/IE286-2 standards. See table below and Figures 1 and 2 for details.
Dimensions
Dimension
EIA Mark
IEC Mark
Carrier tape width
W
Dim. (mm)
Tol. (mm)
W
18
–0.5 / +1.0
Hold down tape width
W4
W0
11
min.
Top distance between tape edges
W6
W2
3
max.
Sprocket hole position
W5
W1
9
–0.5 / +0.75
Sprocket hole diameter*
D0
D0
4
–0.32 / +0.2
Abscissa to plane (straight lead)
H
H
18.5
–/+ 3.0
Abscissa to plane (kinked lead)
H0
H0
16
–/+ 0.5
Abscissa to top
H1
H1
32.2
max.
Overall width without lead protrusion
C1
42.5
max.
Overall width with lead protrusion
C2
43.2
max.
Lead protrusion
L1
l1
1.0
max.
Protrusion of cut out
L
L
11
max.
Protrusion beyond hold–down tape
l2
l2
Not specified
Sprocket hole pitch: 250R080–250R145
P0
P0
12.7
–/+ 0.3
Sprocket hole pitch: 250R180
P0
P0
25.4
–/+ 0.5
20
consecutive.
–/+ 1
Pitch tolerance
Device pitch: 250R080–250R145
12.7
Device pitch: 250R180
25.4
Tape thickness
t
Tape thickness with splice
t1
t
Splice sprocket hole alignment
0.9
max.
2.0
max.
0
–/+ 0.3
Body lateral deviation
Δh
Δh
0
–/+ 1.0
Body tape plane deviation
Δp
Δp
0
–/+ 1.3
P1
P1
3.81
–/+ 0.7
Lead spacing
F
F
5.1
–/+ 0.7
Ordinate to adjacent component lead*
Reel width
w2
w
56
max.
Reel diameter
a
d
370
max.
Space between flanges less device*
w1
4.75
–3.25 / +8.25
Arbor hole diameter
c
f
26
–/+ 12.0
Core diameter*
n
h
91
max.
Box
56/372/372
max.
Consecutive missing places
None
Empty places per reel
0.1% max.
*Differs from EIA Specification
250R Series
100
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/250R.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 250R Series
Tape and Reel Diagram
Figure 1
Δh
Δh
Δh
Δp
Reference plane
A1
H1
F
A
L
B
H0
W4 W5
W
H1 C1
H C2
I2
L1
P0
D0
Direction of unreeling
Cross section A - B
t
Reel
Upper side
Direction
of
unreeling
Tape
Lower side
w1
w2
Cross section
Optional shape: Circular or polygonal
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/250R.html for current information.
101
250R Series
250R Series
Figure 2
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 600R Series
Part Ordering Number System
250 R 120
- RA Z R
PACKAGING STYLE
BLANK: Bulk
R: Tape & Ammo
QUANTITY CODE: F=200 M=1000 U=500 Z=1200
SERIES
Rx: Resistance Range (x = A-Z or 1-9) [not applicable for all parts]
T: PRE-TRIPPED DEVICE (OPTIONAL)
I HOLD CURRENT CODE (SEE TABLE BELOW)
R: RADIAL
PEAK VOLTAGE RATING
Packaging
Part Number
250R080
250R080T
250R120
250R120-RA
250R120-RC
250R120-RF
250R120-R1
250R120-R2
250R120-R3
250R120T
250R145
250R145-RA
250R145-RB
250R145T
250R180
250R180T
600R Series
Ordering
Number
250R080U
250R080ZR
250R080TU
250R080TZR
250R120U
250R120ZR
250R120-RAU
250R120-RAZR
250R120-RCU
250R120-RCZR
250R120-RFU
250R120-RFZR
250R120-R1U
250R120-R1ZR
250R120-R2U
250R120-R2ZR
250R120-R3U
250R120-R3ZR
250R120TU
250R120TZR
250R145U
250R145ZR
250R145-RAU
250R145-RAZR
250R145-RBU
250R145-RBZR
250R145TU
250R145TZR
250R180F
250R180MR
250R180TF
250R180TMR
I hold
(A)
I hold
Code
0.080
080
0.080
080
0.120
120
0.120
120
0.120
120
0.120
120
0.120
120
0.120
120
0.120
120
0.120
120
0.145
145
0.145
145
0.145
145
0.145
145
0.180
180
0.180
180
Packaging
Option
Quantity
Quantity &
Packaging Codes
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
1200
ZR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
1200
ZR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
1200
ZR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
1200
ZR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
1200
ZR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
1200
ZR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
1200
ZR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
1200
ZR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
1200
ZR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
1200
ZR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
1200
ZR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
1200
ZR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
1200
ZR
Bulk
500
U
Tape and Ammo
Bulk
1200
200
ZR
F
Tape and Ammo
1000
MR
Bulk
200
F
Tape and Ammo
1000
MR
102
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/600R.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 600R Series
600R Series
Description
t5IF34FSJFTJTEFTJHOFEUPQSPUFDUBHBJOTUQPXFS
fault events typically found in telecom applications. This
series is designed to be used in applications that need to
meet the requirements of GR–1089-CORE and UL60950/
EN60950/IEC60950. These resettable devices also help
to meet the requirements of ITU K.20, K.21 and K.44.
Features
t3P)4DPNQMJBOUBOE
lead–free
t'BTUUJNFoUPUSJQ
t#JOOFEBOETPSUFEOBSSPX
resistance ranges available
Agency Approvals
AGENCY
AGENCY FILE NUMBER
to"IPMEDVSSFOU
range, 60VDC operating
voltage
t7"$JOUFSSVQUSBUJOH
E183209
Secondary overcurrent
protection for:
t$FOUSBM0GmDF
Equipment (CO)
t$VTUPNFS1SFNJTFT
Equipment (CE)
t"MBSNTZTUFNT
t4FU5PQ#PYFT45#
t7PJDFPWFS*170*1
t4VCTDSJCFS-JOF*OUFSGBDF
Circuit (SLIC)
Electrical Characteristics
I max
(A)
Pd
max.
(W)
600/60
3
0.30
600/60
0.15
0.30
0.16
0.32
600R160-RA
0.16
600R160-R1
0.16
I hold
(A)
I trip
(A)
600R150
0.15
0.30
600R150-RA
0.15
600R150-RB
600R160
Part Number
Vmax
Maximum Time
To Trip
Agency
Approvals
Resistance
Current
(A)
Time
(Sec.)
R min
(Ω)
R typ
(Ω)
R 1max
(Ω)
1.00
5.0
8.0
6
12
22
X
X
3
1.00
5.0
7. 5
7
10
20
X
X
600/60
3
1.00
4.5
-
9
12
22
X
X
600/60
3
1.00
7. 5
18
4
10
18
X
X
0.32
600/60
3
1.00
9.5
-
4
7
16
X
X
0.32
600/60
3
1.00
9.0
-
4
8
17
X
X
Vint / Vop
I hold = Hold current: maximum current device will pass without tripping in 23°C still air.
R min = Minimum resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
I trip = Trip current: minimum current at which the device will trip in 23°C still air.
R typ = Typical resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
Vint = Maximum voltage the device can withstand without damage at rated current (I max)
R 1max = Maximum resistance of device at 20°C measured one hour after tripping.
Vop= The device regular operation voltage
Caution: Operation beyond the specified rating may result in damage and possible arcing
and flame.
I max = Maximum fault current device can withstand without damage at rated voltage (Vmax)
P d = Power dissipated from device when in the tripped state at 23°C still air.
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/600R.html for current information.
103
600R Series
600R Series
Applications
R50120008
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 600R Series
Temperature Rerating
Ambient Operation Temperature
-40°C
-20°C
0°C
23°C
Part Number
40°C
60°C
85°C
Hold Current (A)
600R150
0.26
0.23
0.19
0.15
0.124
0.062
0.03
600R160
0.27
0.24
0.20
0.16
0.13
0.07
0.05
Average Time Current Curves
Temperature Rerating Curve
0.15 A
0.16 A
170%
150%
100000
Percentage of Rated Current
600R
10000
Time in Seconds
1000
130%
110%
90%
70%
50%
30%
10%
-40 -30 -20
100
-10
0
10
20 30
40
Temperature (°C)
50
60
70
80
10
1
0.1
0.1
1
10
100
Current in Amperes
The average time current curves and Temperature Rerating curve performance is affected
by a number or variables, and these curves provided as guidance only. Customer must
verify the performance in their application.
Agency Specification Selection Guide For Telecom and Networking Applications
Part Number
Lightning
Power Cross
600R150
600R160
TIA-968-A – 1.5kV 10/160μs
800V 10/560μs
UL60950, 3rd Ed – 600Vac, 40A
Telcordia GR – 1089 – 600Vac, 60A
Telcordia GR 1089 – 1.0kV 10/1000μs
2.5kV 2/10μs
Devices should be independently evaluated and tested for use in any specific application
600R Series
104
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/600R.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 600R Series
Protection Application Guide
Region/Specification
North America
Telcordia GR-1089
North America
TIA-968-A, UL60950
North America
Telcordia GR-1089
North America
Telcordia GR-1089
South America/Asia/Europe
ITU K.20 and K.21
Application
Device Selection
*Access network equipment
Remote terminal
Repeaters
WAN equipment
Cross -connect
Customer and IT equipment
Analog modems
ADSL, XDSL modems
Phone sets, PBX systems
Internet appliances
POS terminals
Central Office
POTS/ISDN linecards
T1/E1/J1 linecards
ADSL/VDSL splitters
CSU/DSU
600R150
600R160
600R150
600R160
600R150
600R160
*Intrabuilding communication systems
LAN, VOIP cards
Local loop handsets
600R150
600R160
*Resistance binned parts are recommended
Peak Temp/ Duration Time
> 220°C
Preheat 140°C~ 180°C
Storage Condition
Wave Soldering
260°C < 5 Sec
Soldering
260
2 Sec ~ 20 Sec
Cooling
220
180 Sec ~ 210 Sec
0°C~35°C, < 70%RH
Temperature (°C)
Condition
600R Series
Soldering Parameters - Wave Soldering
t3FDPNNFOEFETPMEFSJOHNFUIPETIFBUFMFNFOUPWFOPS
N2 environment for lead–free
t%FWJDFTBSFEFTJHOFEUPCFXBWFTPMEFSFEUPUIFCPUUPN
side of the board.
Preheating
190
160
0
180 to 210
t%FWJDFTDBOCFDMFBOFEVTJOHTUBOEBSEJOEVTUSZNFUIPET
and solvents.
2 to 5
20-30
Time(s)
t5IJTQSPmMFDBOCFVTFEGPSMFBEGSFFEFWJDF
Note: If soldering temperatures exceed the recommended
profile, devices may not meet the performance
requirements.
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/600R.html for current information.
105
600R Series
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 600R Series
Soldering Parameters - Solder Reflow
Peak Temp/ Duration Time
> 220°C
Preheat 160°C~ 190°C
Storage Condition
Reflow
260°C > 5 Sec
Soldering
260
30 Sec ~ 60 Sec
Cooling
220
60 Sec ~ 90 Sec
0°C~35°C, < 70%RH
Temperature (°C)
Condition
t3FDPNNFOEFESFnPXNFUIPET*3WBQPSQIBTFPWFOIPU
air oven, N2 environment for lead-free.
t%FWJDFTBSFOPUEFTJHOFEUPCFXBWFTPMEFSFEUPUIF
bottom side of the board.
Preheating
190
160
0
60 to 90
t%FWJDFTDBOCFDMFBOFEVTJOHTUBOEBSEJOEVTUSZNFUIPET
and solvents.
30 to 60
120
Time(s)
Note: If reflow temperatures exceed the recommended
profile, devices may not meet the performance
requirements.
Physical Specifications
Environmental Specifications
Lead Material
Tin-plated Copper
Operating/Storage
Temperature
-40°C to +85°C
Soldering
Characteristics
Solderability per MIL–STD–202,
Method 208E
Maximum Device Surface
Temperature in Tripped State
125°C
Insulating Material
Cured, flame retardant epoxy polymer
meets UL94V-0 requirements.
Passive Aging
85°C/85°C, 1000 hours
Device Labeling
Marked with ‘LF’, voltage, current rating,
and date code.
Humidity Aging
+85°C, 85% R.H.,1000 hours
Thermal Shock
MIL–STD–202F, Method 107G
+125°C to -55°C 10 times
Solvent Resistance
MIL–STD–202, Method 215F
600R Series
106
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/600R.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 600R Series
Part Marking System
Dimensions
A
C
600
Littelfuse
Trademark
150
XXXX
B
Voltage Rating
Current Rating
Date Code
(Contact Littelfuse
for additional
information)
D
F
E
A
Part Number
B
C
D
E
Physical Characteristics
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Max.
Max.
Max.
Max.
Max.
Max.
Min.
Min.
Typ.
Typ.
Lead (dia)
Inches
mm
Material
600R150
0.53
13.5
0.50
12.6
0.24
6
0.19
4.7
0.20
5.1
0.026
0.65
Sn/Cu
600R150-RA
0.53
13.5
0.50
12.6
0.24
6
0.19
4.7
0.20
5.1
0.026
0.65
Sn/Cu
600R150-RB
0.53
13.5
0.50
12.6
0.24
6
0.19
4.7
0.20
5.1
0.026
0.65
Sn/Cu
600R160
0.63
16
0.50
12.6
0.24
6
0.19
4.7
0.20
5.1
0.026
0.65
Sn/Cu
600R160-RA
0.63
16
0.50
12.6
0.24
6
0.19
4.7
0.20
5.1
0.026
0.65
Sn/Cu
600R160-R1
0.63
16
0.50
12.6
0.24
6
0.19
4.7
0.20
5.1
0.026
0.65
Sn/Cu
600R Series
Part Ordering Number System
600 R 160 - RA F
PACKAGING STYLE
BLANK: Bulk
R: Tape & Ammo
QUANTITY CODE: F=200 U=500 Z = 600
SERIES
Rx: Resistance Range (x = A-Z or 1-9) [not applicable for all
I HOLD CURRENT CODE (SEE TABLE BELOW)
R: RADIAL
PEAK VOLTAGE RATING
Packaging
Part Number
600R150
600R150-RA
600R150-RB
600R160
600R160-RA
600R160-R1
Ordering
Number
600R150F
600R150ZR
600R150-RAF
600R150-RAZR
600R150-RBF
600R150-RBZR
600R160F
600R160UR
600R160-RAF
600R160-RAUR
600R160-R1F
600R160-R1UR
I hold
(A)
I hold
Code
0.15
150
0.15
150
0.15
150
0.16
160
0.16
160
0.16
160
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/600R.html for current information.
Packaging
Option
Quantity
Quantity &
Packaging Codes
Bulk
200
F
Tape and Ammo
600
ZR
Bulk
200
F
Tape and Ammo
600
ZR
Bulk
200
F
Tape and Ammo
600
ZR
Bulk
200
F
Tape and Ammo
500
UR
Bulk
200
F
Tape and Ammo
500
UR
Bulk
200
F
Tape and Ammo
500
UR
107
600R Series
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 600R Series
Tape and Reel Specifications
Devices taped using EIA468-B/IE286-2 standards. See table below and Figures 1 and 2 for details.
Dimensions
Dimension
EIA Mark
IEC Mark
Dim. (mm)
Tol. (mm)
Carrier tape width
W
W
18
-0.5 / +1.0
Hold down tape width:
W4
W0
11
min.
Top distance between tape edges
W6
W2
3
max.
Sprocket hole position
W5
W1
9
-0.5 / +0.75
Sprocket hole diameter*
D0
D0
4
-0.32 / +0.2
Abscissa to plane(straight lead)
H
H
18.5
-/+ 3.0
Abscissa to plane(kinked lead)
H0
H0
16
-/+ 0.5
H1
32.2
max.
42.5
max.
Abscissa to top
H1
Overall width w/o lead protrusion
C1
Overall width w/ lead protrusion
C2
Lead protrusion
L1
l1
43.2
max.
1.0
max.
max.
Protrusion of cut out
L
L
11
Protrusion beyond hold-down tape
l2
l2
Not specified
Sprocket hole pitch: 600R150 & 600R160
P0
P0
25.4
-/+ 0.5
Device pitch: 600R150 & 600R160
25.4
Pitch tolerance
20
consecutive.
-/+ 1
0.9
max.
Tape thickness
t
Tape thickness with splice
t1
t
Splice sprocket hole alignment
2.0
max.
0
-/+ 0.3
Body lateral deviation
Δh
Δh
0
-/+ 1.0
Body tape plane deviation
Δp
Δp
0
-/+ 1.3
Ordinate to adjacent component lead*
P1
P1
3.81
-/+ 0.7
Lead spacing:
F
F
5.08
-/+ 0.8
Reel width
w2
w
56
max.
Reel diameter
a
d
Space between flanges less device*
w1
370
max.
4.75
-3.25 / +8.25
Arbor hole diameter
c
f
26
-/+ 12.0
Core diameter*
n
h
91
max.
Box
56/372/372
max.
Consecutive missing places
None
Empty places per reel
Reel width: 600R150-600R160
0.1% max.
w2
w
d
Reel diameter
a
Space between flanges less device*
w1
Arbor hole diameter
c
f
Core diameter*
n
h
Box
63.5
max.
370
max.
4.75
-3.25 / +9.25
26
-/+ 12.0
91
max.
56/372/372
max.
Consecutive missing places
None
Empty places per reel
0.1% max.
*Differs from EIA Specification
600R Series
108
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/600R.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Radial Leaded > 600R Series
Tape and Reel Diagram
Figure 1
Δh
Δh
Δh
Δp
Reference plane
A1
H1
F
A
L
B
H0
W4 W5
W
H1 C1
H C2
I2
L1
P0
D0
Direction of unreeling
Cross section A - B
t
Reel
Upper side
Direction
of
unreeling
Tape
Lower side
w1
w2
Cross section
Optional shape: Circular or polygonal
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/600R.html for current information.
109
600R Series
600R Series
Figure 2
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Axial Lead Battery Strap Type > LR Series
LR Series
Description
The new LR Series device provides reliable, noncycling
protection against overcharging and short circuits events
for rechargeable battery cells where resettable protection
is desired.
Features
t3P)4DPNQMJBOUBOE
lead–free
t8FMEBCMF/JDLFMUFSNJOBMT
t4MJNMPXQSPmMFEFTJHO
Agency Approvals
Applications
AGENCY
t3FDIBSHFBCMFCBUUFSZDFMM
protection
t1PSUBCMF$PNQVUFST
AGENCY FILE NUMBER
E183209
t$PNQBDUEFTJHOTBWFT
board space
t-PXSFTJTUBODF
t'BTUUSJQUJNF
t$BNDPSEFST
R50119583
Electrical Characteristics
I trip
(A)
V max
(Vdc)
I max
(A)
Pd
max.
(W)
Maximum Time
To Trip
Agency
Approvals
Resistance
Current
(A)
Time
(Sec.)
R min
(Ω)
R typ
(Ω)
R 1max
(Ω)
15LR190
1.9
3.9
15
100
1.2
9.50
5.00
0.039
0.072
0.102
X
X
15LR190S
1.9
3.9
15
100
1.2
9.50
5.00
0.039
0.072
0.102
X
X
15LR260
2.6
5.8
15
100
2.5
13.00
5.00
0.020
0.042
0.063
X
X
15LR260S
2.6
5.8
15
100
2.5
13.00
5.00
0.020
0.042
0.063
X
X
15LR380
3.8
8.3
15
100
2.5
19.00
5.00
0.013
0.026
0.037
X
X
20LR450
4.5
8.9
20
100
2.5
22.50
5.00
0.011
0.020
0.028
X
X
20LR550
5.5
10.5
20
100
2.8
27.50
5.00
0.009
0.016
0.022
X
X
20LR600
6.0
11.7
20
100
2.8
30.00
5.00
0.007
0.014
0.019
X
X
20LR730
7.3
14.1
20
100
3.3
30.00
5.00
0.006
0.012
0.015
X
X
I hold = Hold current: maximum current device will pass without tripping in 20°C still air.
R typ = Typical resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
I trip = Trip current: minimum current at which the device will trip in 20°C still air.
R 1max = Maximum resistance of device at 20°C measured one hour after tripping or reflow
soldering of 260°C for 20 sec.
V max = Maximum voltage device can withstand without damage at rated current (I max)
Caution: Operation beyond the specified rating may result in damage and possible arcing
and flame.
I max = Maximum fault current device can withstand without damage at rated voltage (Vmax)
P d = Power dissipated from device when in the tripped state at 20°C still air.
R min = Minimum resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/LR.html for current information.
111
LR Series
LR Series
Part Number
I hold
(A)
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Axial Lead Battery Strap Type > LR Series
Temperature Rerating
Ambient Operation Temperature
-40°C
-20°C
0°C
23°C
15LR190
2.80
2.50
2.30
1.90
15LR190S
2.80
2.50
2.30
1.90
Part Number
40°C
50°C
60°C
70°C
85°C
1.60
1.50
1.40
1.20
1.00
1.60
1.50
1.40
1.20
1.00
1.40
Hold Current (A)
15LR260
3.80
3.40
3.10
2.60
2.20
2.00
1.90
1.70
15LR260S
3.80
3.40
3.10
2.60
2.20
2.00
1.90
1.70
1.40
15LR380
5.50
4.90
4.40
3.80
3.30
3.00
2.80
2.50
2.10
20LR450
6.50
5.80
5.30
4.50
3.90
3.60
3.30
2.90
2.50
3.00
20LR550
8.00
7.10
6.20
5.50
4.70
4.30
4.00
3.60
20LR600
8.70
7.80
7.10
6.00
5.20
4.70
4.40
3.90
3.30
20LR730
10.60
9.50
8.60
7.30
6.30
5.70
5.40
4.70
4.00
Temperature Rerating Curve
170%
7.30 A
150% B
LR
Time in Seconds
10
Percentage of Rated Current
6.00 A
5.50 A
4.50 A
3.80 A
2.60 A
1.90 A
Average Time Current Curves
1
130%
A
110%
90%
70%
Line/Part Number:
A
B
15LR190 15LR260
15LR190S 15LR260S
15LR260 15LR450
15LR380
15LR550
15LR600
20LR730
50%
30%
A
B
10%
-40 -30 -20
-10
0
10
20 30
40
Temperature (°C)
50
60
70
80
0.1
0.01
1
10
100
1000
Current in Amperes
The average time current curves and Temperature Rerating curve performance is affected
by a number or variables, and these curves provided as guidance only. Customer must
verify the performance in their application.
LR Series
112
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/LR.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Axial Lead Battery Strap Type > LR Series
Physical Specifications
Environmental Specifications
Terminal Material
0.13mm nominal thickness, quarter-hard
Nickel
Operating/Storage
Temperature
-40°C to +85°C
Insulating Material
Polyester tape
Maximum Device Surface
Temperature in Tripped State
125°C
Passive Aging
+70°C, 1000 hours
-/+10% typical resistance change
Humidity Aging
+85°C, 85% R.H., 7 days
-/+5% typical resistance
change
Vibration
MIL–STD–883C, Method
2007.1, Condition A, No change
Dimensions
Figure 2
Figure 1
(Items with S at end of part number)
0.5 x 4.0 NOMINAL
SLIT
(.02”x .15”)
A
A
E
D1
E
B
D2
D1
D2
C
A
C
B
C
D1
D2
E
Part
Number
Figure
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
Min.
Min.
Min.
Min.
Min Max. Min.
Max.
15LR190
1
0.78
0.87 19.90 22.10 0.19
0.22
4.90
5.50
0.02
0.04
0.60
1.00
0.22
5.50
0.22
5.50
0.01
0.22
3.90
4.10
15LR190S
2
0.78
0.87 19.90 22.10 0.19
0.22
4.90
5.50
0.02
0.04
0.60
1.00
0.22
5.50
0.22
5.50
0.01
0.22
3.90
4.10
15LR260
1
0.82
0.91 20.90 23.10 0.19
0.22
4.90
5.50
0.02
0.04
0.60
1.00
0.16
4.10
0.16
4.10
0.01
0.16
3.90
4.10
15LR260S
2
0.82
0.91 20.90 23.10 0.19
0.22
4.90
5.50
0.02
0.04
0.60
1.00
0.16
4.10
0.16
4.10
0.01
0.16
3.90
4.10
7.50
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Inches mm Inches mm
Inches
mm
15LR380
1
0.94
1.02 24.00 26.00 0.27
0.30
6.90
0.02
0.04
0.60
1.00
0.16
4.10
0.16
4.10
0.01
0.16
4.90
5.10
20LR450
1
0.94
1.02 24.00 26.00 0.39
0.41
9.90 10.50 0.02
0.04
0.60
1.00
0.21
5.30
0.21
5.30
0.01
0.21
5.90
6.10
20LR550
1
1.38
1.46 35.00 37.00 0.27
0.30
6.90
0.02
0.04
0.60
1.00
0.21
5.30
0.21
5.30
0.01
0.21
4.90
5.10
20LR600
1
0.94
1.02 24.00 26.00 0.55
0.57 13.90 14.50 0.02
0.04
0.60
1.00
0.16
4.10
0.16
4.10
0.01
0.16
5.90
6.10
20LR730
1
1.07
1.15
0.57 13.90 14.50 0.02
0.04
0.60
1.00
0.16
4.10
0.16
4.10
0.01
0.16
5.90
6.10
27.10 29.10 0.55
7.50
Part Marking System
Top Side
Product Series
LR
Current Rating
190S
XX9R
Littelfuse
Trademark
Lot Number
(Contact Littelfuse
for additional
information)
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/LR.html for current information.
113
LR Series
LR Series
B
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Axial Lead Battery Strap Type > LR Series
Part Ordering Number System
15 LR 190 S U
QUANTITY CODE
U: 500 (bulk)
LEAD OPTIONS: Blank = standard
S = slit lead
HOLD CURRENT (VALUE DIVIDED BY 100 = HOLD CURRENT IN AMPS)
SERIES
Voltage Rating (VDC)
Packaging
Part Number
Ordering
Number
Ihold
(A)
Ihold Code
Packaging
Option
Quantity
Quantity &
Packaging Codes
15LR190
15LR190U
1.9
190
Bulk
500
U
15LR190S
15LR190SU
1.9
190
Bulk
500
U
15LR260
15LR260U
2.6
260
Bulk
500
U
15LR260S
15LR260SU
2.6
260
Bulk
500
U
15LR380
15LR380U
3.8
380
Bulk
500
U
20LR450
20LR450U
4.5
450
Bulk
500
U
20LR550
20LR550U
5.5
550
Bulk
500
U
20LR600
20LR600U
6.0
600
Bulk
500
U
20LR730
20LR730U
7.3
730
Bulk
500
U
LR Series
114
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/LR.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Axial Lead Battery Strap Type > LT Series
LT Series
Description
The new LT Series device provides reliable, noncycling
protection against overcharging and short circuits events
for rechargeable battery cells where resettable protection
is desired.
Features
t3P)4DPNQMJBOUBOE
lead–free
t8FMEBCMF/JDLFMUFSNJOBMT
t$PNQBDUEFTJHOTBWFT board space
Agency Approvals
AGENCY
t-PXSFTJTUBODF
t1SPWJEFTPWFSDVSSFOU protection at 100°C
trip temperature
AGENCY FILE NUMBER
Applications
E183209
t3FDIBSHFBCMFCBUUFSZDFMM
protection
- Mobile phones
- Laptop computers
R50119583
Electrical Characteristics
I trip
(A)
V max
(Vdc)
I max
(A)
Pd
max.
(W)
Maximum Time
To Trip
Current
(A)
Time
(Sec.)
Agency
Approvals
Resistance
R min
(Ω)
R typ
(Ω)
R 1max
(Ω)
15LT070
0.7
1.5
15
100
1.0
3.50
5.00
0.100
0.200
0.340
X
X
15LT070S
0.7
1.5
15
100
1.0
3.50
5.00
0.100
0.200
0.340
X
X
24LT100
1.0
2.5
24
100
1.5
5.00
7.00
0.070
0.130
0.260
X
X
24LT100S
1.0
2.5
24
100
1.5
5.00
7.00
0.070
0.130
0.260
X
X
24LT100SS
1.0
2.5
24
100
1.5
5.00
7.00
0.070
0.130
0.260
X
X
24LT180
1.8
3.8
24
100
2.0
9.00
2.90
0.040
0.068
0.120
X
X
24LT180S
1.8
3.8
24
100
2.0
9.00
2.90
0.040
0.068
0.120
X
X
24LT180SS
1.8
3.8
24
100
2.0
9.00
2.90
0.040
0.068
0.120
X
X
24LT190
1.9
4.2
24
100
1.9
10.00
3.00
0.030
0.057
0.100
X
X
24LT190S
1.9
4.2
24
100
1.9
10.00
3.00
0.030
0.057
0.100
X
X
24LT260
2.6
5.2
24
100
2.3
13.0
5.0
0.025
0.042
0.076
X
X
24LT300
3.0
6.3
24
100
2.0
15.0
4.0
0.015
0.031
0.055
X
X
24LT310
3.1
6.0
24
100
2.5
16.0
5.0
0.018
0.030
0.055
X
X
24LT340
3.4
6.8
24
100
2.7
17.0
5.0
0.016
0.027
0.050
X
X
Items with S and SS at end of part number identify items with slit lead option. See Dimension Drawing and Part Ordering Number System sections of this document for more information.
I hold = Hold current: maximum current device will pass without tripping in 20°C still air.
R typ = Typical resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
I trip = Trip current: minimum current at which the device will trip in 20°C still air.
R 1max = Maximum resistance of device at 20°C measured one hour after tripping or reflow
soldering of 260°C for 20 sec.
V max = Maximum voltage device can withstand without damage at rated current (I max)
Caution: Operation beyond the specified rating may result in damage and possible arcing
and flame.
I max = Maximum fault current device can withstand without damage at rated voltage (Vmax)
P d = Power dissipated from device when in the tripped state at 20°C still air.
R min = Minimum resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/LT.html for current information.
115
LT Series
LT Series
Part Number
I hold
(A)
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Axial Lead Battery Strap Type > LT Series
Temperature Rerating
Ambient Operation Temperature
-40°C
-20°C
0°C
20°C
15LT070
1.20
1.09
0.85
0.70
15LT070S
1.20
1.09
0.85
0.70
Part Number
40°C
50°C
60°C
70°C
85°C
0.50
0.45
0.35
0.28
0.16
0.50
0.45
0.35
0.28
0.16
Hold Current (A)
24LT100
1.86
1.60
1.40
1.00
0.80
0.70
0.60
0.44
0.23
24LT100S
1.86
1.60
1.40
1.00
0.83
0.70
0.60
0.44
0.23
24LT100SS
1.86
1.60
1.40
1.00
0.83
0.70
0.60
0.44
0.23
24LT180
3.13
2.68
2.20
1.80
1.33
1.10
0.90
0.65
0.36
24LT180S
3.13
2.68
2.20
1.80
1.33
1.10
0.90
0.65
0.36
24LT180SS
3.13
2.68
2.20
1.80
1.33
1.10
0.90
0.65
0.36
24LT190
3.32
2.86
2.40
1.90
1.48
1.25
1.10
0.79
0.43
24LT260
4.30
3.72
3.10
2.60
1.98
1.69
1.40
1.11
0.60
24LT300
5.10
4.40
3.70
3.00
2.30
1.95
1.60
1.25
0.69
24LT310
5.36
4.58
3.70
3.10
2.36
2.01
1.70
1.30
0.71
24LT340
5.52
4.79
4.00
3.40
2.60
2.24
1.90
1.51
0.78
Temperature Rerating Curve
0.70 A
1.00 A
1.80 A
1.90 A
2.60 A
3.00 A
3.10 A
3.40 A
Average Time Current Curves
190%
150%
Percentage of Rated Current
Time in Seconds
170%
LT
10
1
130%
110%
90%
70%
50%
30%
10%
-40
-30 -20
-10
0
10
20 30
40
Temperature (°C)
50
60
70
80
0.1
0.01
1
10
100
1000
Current in Amperes
The average time current curves and Temperature Rerating curve performance is affected
by a number or variables, and these curves provided as guidance only. Customer must
verify the performance in their application.
LT Series
116
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/LT.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Axial Lead Battery Strap Type > LT Series
Physical Specifications
Environmental Specifications
Terminal Material
0.13mm nominal thickness, quarter-hard
Nickel
Operating/Storage
Temperature
-40°C to +85°C
Insulating Material
Polyester tape
Maximum Device Surface
Temperature in Tripped State
125°C
Passive Aging
+70°C, 1000 hours
-/+10% typical resistance change
Humidity Aging
+85°C, 85%R.H.,7days,
-/+5% typical resistance
change
Vibration
MIL-LTD-883C, Condition A,
No change
Dimensions
Figure 1
Figure 3
Figure 2
(Items with S at end of part number)
SLIT
(Items with SS at end of part number)
0.5 x 4.0 NOMINAL
(.02”x .15”)
A
SLIT
0.5 x 4.0 NOMINAL
(.02”x .15”)
A
A
E
B
D1
D2
D1
D1
D2
C
Fig.
Inches
D2
C
C
A
Part
Number
E
B
E
B
B
mm
Inches
C
mm
Inches
D1
mm
in.
D2
mm
in.
E
mm
Inches
mm
15LT070
1
0.78 0.87 19.9 22.1 0.19 0.20 4.9
5.2 0.03 0.05 0.7
1.2 0.22 5.5 0.22 5.5 0.01 0.22 3.9
4.1
15LT070S
2
0.78 0.87 19.9 22.1 0.19 0.20 4.9
5.2 0.03 0.05 0.7
1.2 0.22 5.5 0.22 5.5 0.01 0.22 3.9
4.1
24LT100
1
0.82 0.91 20.9 23.1 0.19 0.20 4.9
5.2 0.02 0.04 0.6
1
0.16 4.1 0.16 4.1 0.01 0.16 3.9
4.1
24LT100S
2
0.82 0.91 20.9 23.1 0.19 0.20 4.9
5.2 0.02 0.04 0.6
1
0.16 4.1 0.16 4.1 0.01 0.16 3.9
4.1
24LT100SS
3
0.82 0.91 20.9 23.1 0.19 0.20 4.9
5.2 0.02 0.04 0.6
1
0.16 4.1 0.16 4.1 0.01 0.16 3.9
4.1
24LT180
1
0.94 1.02
24
26
0.19 0.20 4.9
5.2 0.02 0.04 0.6
1
0.16 4.1 0.16 4.1 0.01 0.16 3.9
4.1
24LT180S
2
0.94 1.02
24
26
0.19 0.20 4.9
5.2 0.02 0.04 0.6
1
0.16 4.1 0.16 4.1 0.01 0.16 3.9
4.1
24LT180SS
3
0.94 1.02
24
26
0.19 0.20 4.9
5.2 0.02 0.04 0.6
1
0.16 4.1 0.16 4.1 0.01 0.16 3.9
4.1
24LT190
1
0.84 0.92 21.3 23.4 0.40 0.43 10.2
11
0.02 0.04 0.5
1
0.20
5
0.20
5
0.01 0.20 4.8
5.4
24LT190S
2
0.84 0.92 21.3 23.4 0.40 0.43 10.2
11
0.02 0.04 0.5
1
0.20
5
0.20
5
0.01 0.20 4.8
5.4
1
0.20
5
0.20
5
0.01 0.20 5.9
6.1
24LT260
1
0.94 1.02
24LT300
1
1.12 1.25 28.4 31.8 0.51 0.53
24
26
0.43 0.47 10.8 11.9 0.02 0.04 0.6
24LT310
1
0.94 1.02
24
26
0.58 0.63 14.8 15.9 0.02 0.04 0.6
1
0.20
5
0.20
5
0.01 0.20 5.9
6.1
24LT340
1
0.94 1.02
24
26
0.58 0.63 14.8 15.9 0.02 0.04 0.6
1
0.20
5
0.20
5
0.01 0.20 5.9
6.1
13
13.5 0.02 0.04 0.5
1.1 0.25 6.3 0.25 6.3 0.00 0.25
6
6.6
Part Marking System
Top Side
Product Series
LR
Current Rating
190S
XX9R
Littelfuse
Trademark
Lot Number
(Contact Littelfuse
for additional
information)
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/LT.html for current information.
117
LT Series
LT Series
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Min. Min. Min. Min Max. Min. Max.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Axial Lead Battery Strap Type > LT Series
Part Ordering Number System
24 LT 190 S U
QUANTITY CODE
U: 500 (bulk)
LEAD OPTIONS: Blank = standard
S = slit lead
SS = both leads slit
HOLD CURRENT (VALUE DIVIDED BY 100 = HOLD CURRENT IN AMPS)
SERIES
Voltage Rating (VDC)
Packaging
Part Number
Ordering
Number
I hold
(A)
I hold
Code
Packaging
Option
Quantity
Quantity &
Packaging Codes
15LT070
15LT070U
0.7
070
Bulk
500
U
15LT070S
15LT070SU
0.7
070
Bulk
500
U
24LT100
24LT100U
1.0
100
Bulk
500
U
24LT100S
24LT100SU
1.0
100
Bulk
500
U
24LT100SS
24LT100SSU
1.0
100
Bulk
500
U
24LT180
24LT180U
1.8
180
Bulk
500
U
24LT180S
24LT180SU
1.8
180
Bulk
500
U
24LT180SS
24LT180SSU
1.8
180
Bulk
500
U
24LT190
24LT190U
1.9
190
Bulk
500
U
24LT190S
24LT190SU
1.9
190
Bulk
500
U
24LT260
24LT260U
2.6
260
Bulk
500
U
24LT300
24LT300U
3.0
300
Bulk
500
U
24LT310
24LT310U
3.1
310
Bulk
500
U
24LT340
24LT340U
3.4
340
Bulk
500
U
LT Series
118
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/LT.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Axial Lead Battery Strap Type > ST Series
ST Series
Description
The new ST Series device provides reliable, noncycling
protection against overcharging and short circuits events
for rechargeable battery cells where resettable protection
is desired.
Features
t3P)4DPNQMJBOUBOE
lead–free
t-PXSFTJTUBODF
t8FMEBCMF/JDLFMUFSNJOBMT
Agency Approvals
Applications
AGENCY
t3FDIBSHFBCMFCBUUFSZDFMM
protection
AGENCY FILE NUMBER
E183209
t1SPWJEFTPWFSDVSSFOU
protection at 125°C trip
temperature
R50119583
Electrical Characteristics
I trip
(A)
V max
(Vdc)
I max
(A)
Pd
max.
(W)
15ST120
1.2
2.7
15
100
Maximum Time
To Trip
Agency
Approvals
Resistance
Current
(A)
Time
(Sec.)
R min
(Ω)
R typ
(Ω)
R 1max
(Ω)
1.2
6.00
5.00
0.085
0.160
0.220
X
X
15ST120S
1.2
2.7
15
100
1.2
6.00
5.00
0.085
0.160
0.220
X
X
15ST175
1.75
3.8
15
100
2.5
8.75
5.00
0.050
0.090
0.120
X
X
15ST175S
1.75
3.8
15
100
2.5
8.75
5.00
0.050
0.090
0.120
X
X
30ST200
2.00
4.4
30
100
1.9
10.00
4.00
0.030
0.060
0.100
X
X
30ST350
3.50
6.3
30
100
2.5
20.00
3.00
0.017
0.031
0.050
X
X
30ST420
4.20
7.6
30
100
2.9
20.00
6.00
0.012
0.024
0.040
X
X
Items with S at end of part number identify items with slit lead option. See Dimension Drawing and Part Ordering Number System sections of this document for more information.
I hold = Hold current: maximum current device will pass without tripping in 20°C still air.
R typ = Typical resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
I trip = Trip current: minimum current at which the device will trip in 20°C still air.
R 1max = Maximum resistance of device at 20°C measured one hour after tripping or reflow
soldering of 260°C for 20 sec.
V max = Maximum voltage device can withstand without damage at rated current (I max)
Caution: Operation beyond the specified rating may result in damage and possible arcing
and flame.
I max = Maximum fault current device can withstand without damage at rated voltage (Vmax)
P d = Power dissipated from device when in the tripped state at 20°C still air.
R min = Minimum resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/ST.html for current information.
119
ST Series
ST Series
Part Number
I hold
(A)
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Axial Lead Battery Strap Type > ST Series
Temperature Rerating
Ambient Operation Temperature
-40°C
-20°C
0°C
23°C
Part Number
40°C
50°C
60°C
70°C
85°C
Hold Current (A)
15ST120
1.90
1.70
1.50
1.20
1.00
0.90
0.80
0.70
0.50
15ST120S
1.90
1.70
1.50
1.20
1.00
0.90
0.80
0.70
0.50
15ST175
2.50
2.30
2.00
1.75
1.50
1.30
1.20
1.10
0.90
15ST175S
2.50
2.30
2.00
1.75
1.50
1.30
1.20
1.10
0.90
30ST200
3.20
2.80
2.50
2.00
1.70
1.60
1.40
1.20
0.90
30ST350
5.40
4.80
4.30
3.50
3.00
2.80
2.50
2.20
1.70
30ST420
6.40
5.70
5.10
4.20
3.60
3.30
3.00
2.60
2.10
Temperature Rerating Curve
170%
4.20 A
150%
ST
Time in Seconds
10
Percentage of Rated Current
1.75 A
2.00 A
3.50 A
1.20 A
Average Time Current Curves
1
130%
110%
90%
70%
50%
30%
10%
-40 -30 -20
-10
0
10
20 30
40
Temperature (°C)
50
60
70
80
0.1
0.01
1
10
100
1000
Current in Amperes
The average time current curves and Temperature Rerating curve performance is affected
by a number or variables, and these curves provided as guidance only. Customer must
verify the performance in their application.
ST Series
120
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/ST.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Axial Lead Battery Strap Type > ST Series
Physical Specifications
Environmental Specifications
Lead Material
0.13mm nominal thickness,
quarter-hard Nickel
Insulating Material
Polyester tape
Operating/Storage
Temperature
Maximum Device Surface
Temperature in Tripped State
-40°C to +85°C
125°C
Passive Aging
+70°C, 1000 hours
-/+5% typical resistance change
Humidity Aging
+85°C, 85% R.H., 7 days,
-/+5% typical resistance change
Vibration
MIL–STD–883C, Condition A,
No change
Dimensions
Figure 1
Figure 2
(Items with S at end of part number)
0.5 x 4.0 NOMINAL
SLIT
(.02”x .15”)
A
A
E
B
D1
E
B
D2
D1
D2
C
A
Part
Number
Fig.
C
B
Inches
mm
Inches
C
mm
Inches
D1
mm
D2
E
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
Min.
Min.
Min.
Min.
Min
Max. Min.
Max.
15ST120
1
0.78
0.87
19.9
22.1
0.19
0.20
4.9
5.2
0.02
0.04
0.6
1.0
0.22
5.5
0.22
5.5
0.01
0.22
3.9
4.1
15ST120S
2
0.78
0.87
19.9
22.1
0.19
0.20
4.9
5.2
0.02
0.04
0.6
1.0
0.22
5.5
0.22
5.5
0.01
0.22
3.9
4.1
1
0.82
0.91
20.9
23.1
0.19
0.20
4.9
5.2
0.02
0.04
0.6
1.0
0.16
4.1
0.16
4.1
0.01
0.16
3.9
4.1
2
0.82
0.91
20.9
23.1
0.19
0.20
4.9
5.2
0.02
0.04
0.6
1.0
0.16
4.1
0.16
4.1
0.01
0.16
3.8
4.2
30ST200
30ST350
30ST420
1
0.84
0.92
21.3
23.4
0.40
0.43
10.2
11.0
0.02
0.04
0.5
1.1
0.20
5.0
0.20
5.0
0.19
0.21
4.8
5.4
1
1.12
1.25
28.4
31.8
0.51
0.53
13.0
13.5
0.02
0.04
0.5
1.1
0.25
6.3
0.25
6.3
0.24
0.26
6.0
6.6
1
1.20
1.28
30.6
32.4
0.51
0.54
12.9
13.6
0.02
0.04
0.5
1.1
0.20
5.0
0.20
5.0
0.24
0.26
6.0
6.7
ST Series
15ST175
15ST175S
Part Marking System
Top Side
Product Series
ST
Current Rating
120
XX9U
Littelfuse
Trademark
Lot Number
(Contact Littelfuse
for additional
information)
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/ST.html for current information.
121
ST Series
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Axial Lead Battery Strap Type > ST Series
Part Ordering Number System
15 ST 175 S U
QUANTITY CODE: U = 500 (bulk)
LEAD OPTIONS: Blank = standard
S = slit lead
HOLD CURRENT
(Value divided by 100 = Hold Current in Amps)
SERIES
VOLTAGE RATING (VDC)
Packaging
Part
Number
Ordering
Number
I hold
(A)
I hold Code
Packaging
Option
Quantity
Quantity &
Packaging Codes
15ST120
15ST120U
1.2
120
Bulk
500
U
15ST120S
15ST120SU
1.2
120
Bulk
500
U
U
15ST175
15ST175U
1.75
175
Bulk
500
15ST175S
15ST175SU
1.75
175
Bulk
500
U
30ST200
STD200U
2.00
200
Bulk
500
U
30ST350
STD350U
3.50
350
Bulk
500
U
30ST420
STD420U
4.20
420
Bulk
500
U
ST Series
122
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/ST.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Axial Lead Battery Strap Type > VL Series
VL Series
Description
The new VL Series device provides reliable, noncycling
protection against overcharging and short circuits events
for rechargeable battery cells where resettable protection
is desired.
Features
t3P)4DPNQMJBOUBOE
lead–free
t8FMEBCMF/JDLFMUFSNJOBMT
t$PNQBDUEFTJHOTBWFT board space
t-PXSFTJTUBODF
t4MJNMPXQSPmMFEFTJHO
Agency Approvals
AGENCY
AGENCY FILE NUMBER
Applications
E183209
t3FDIBSHFBCMFCBUUFSZDFMM
protection
R50119583
Electrical Characteristics
I trip
(A)
V max
(Vdc)
I max
(A)
Pd
max.
(W)
Maximum Time
To Trip
Agency
Approvals
Resistance
Current
(A)
Time
(Sec.)
R min
(Ω)
R typ
(Ω)
R 1max
(Ω)
12VL170
1.70
4.10
12
100
1.4
8.50
5.00
0.018
0.032
0.064
X
X
12VL175L
1.75
4.20
12
100
1.4
8.75
5.00
0.017
0.031
0.062
X
X
12VL175XL
1.75
4.20
12
100
1.4
8.75
5.00
0.017
0.031
0.062
X
X
12VL230
2.30
5.00
12
100
1.5
10.00
5.00
0.012
0.018
0.036
X
X
I hold = Hold current: maximum current device will pass without tripping in 20°C still air.
R typ = Typical resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
I trip = Trip current: minimum current at which the device will trip in 20°C still air.
R 1max = Maximum resistance of device at 20°C measured one hour after tripping or reflow
soldering of 260°C for 20 sec.
V max = Maximum voltage device can withstand without damage at rated current (I max)
Caution: Operation beyond the specified rating may result in damage and possible arcing
and flame.
I max = Maximum fault current device can withstand without damage at rated voltage (Vmax)
P d = Power dissipated from device when in the tripped state at 20°C still air.
R min = Minimum resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/VL.html for current information.
123
VL Series
VL Series
Part Number
I hold
(A)
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Axial Lead Battery Strap Type > VL Series
Temperature Rerating
Ambient Operation Temperature
-40°C
-20°C
0°C
25°C
12VL170
3.5
2.9
2.4
1.70
1.2
1.0
0.7
0.3
12VL175L
3.5
2.9
2.4
1.75
1.3
1.0
0.8
0.3
Part Number
40°C
50°C
60°C
70°C
Hold Current (A)
12VL175XL
3.5
2.9
2.4
1.75
1.3
1.0
0.8
0.3
12VL230
5.0
4.2
3.4
2.30
1.7
1.3
0.9
0.4
Average Time Current Curves
Temperature Rerating Curve
1.70 A
1.75 A
2.30 A
220%
190%
VL
10
170%
Percentage of Rated Current
Time in Seconds
150%
1
110%
90%
70%
50%
30%
10%
-40 -30 -20
0.1
0.01
1.0
130%
10
100
-10
0
10
20 30
40
Temperature (°C)
50
60
70
80
1000
Current in Amperes
The average time current curves and Temperature Rerating curve performance is affected
by a number or variables, and these curves provided as guidance only. Customer must
verify the performance in their application.
VL Series
124
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/VL.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Axial Lead Battery Strap Type > VL Series
Physical Specifications
Environmental Specifications
Terminal Material
0.13mm nominal thickness, quarter-hard
Nickel
Insulating Material
Polyester tape
Operating/Storage
Temperature
-40°C to +85°C
Passive Aging
+60°C, 1000 hours
-/+20% typical resistance change
-40°C, 1000 hours
-/+5% typical resistance change
Humidity Aging
+60°C, 95% R.H.,1000 hours,
-/+10% typical resistance change
Thermal Shock
MIL–STD–202F, Method 107G,
+85°C to -40°C 10 times
-/+5% typical resistance change
Vibration
MIL–STD–883C, Method 2026,
No change
Dimensions
Figure 1
Figure 2
A
A
E
B
D1
E
B
D1
D2
D2
C
C
A
B
C
D1
D2
E
Part
Number
Figure
12VL170
1
0.82 0.91 20.80 23.20 0.14 0.15 3.50 3.90
--
0.03
--
0.80 0.18 0.26 4.50 6.50 0.18 0.26 4.50 6.50 0.09 0.10 2.40 2.60
12VL175L
2
1.15 1.25 29.30 31.70 0.11 0.13 2.90 3.30
--
0.03
--
0.80 0.20 0.27 5.20 6.80 0.39 0.49 10.00 12.50 0.09 0.10 2.40 2.60
12VL175XL
2
1.00 1.11 25.50 28.20 0.14 0.15 3.50 3.90
--
0.03
--
0.80 0.34 0.41 8.70 10.30 0.22 0.29 5.70 7.30 0.09 0.10 2.40 2.60
12VL230
1
0.82 0.91 20.90 23.10 0.19 0.21 4.90 5.30
--
0.03
--
0.80 0.16 0.23 4.10 5.80 0.16 0.23 4.10 5.80 0.15 0.16 3.90 4.10
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max. Min. Max.
VL Series
Part Marking System
Double Sided Marking
Top Side
Product Series
VL
230
Littelfuse
Trademark
Current Rating
Bottom Side
Product Series
VL
Current Rating
230
XXAK
Littelfuse
Trademark
Lot Number
(Contact Littelfuse
for additional
information)
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/VL.html for current information.
125
VL Series
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Axial Lead Battery Strap Type > VL Series
Part Ordering Number System
12 VL 175 XL U
QUANTITY CODE: U = 500 (bulk)
LEAD OPTIONS: Blank = standard
L = long lead
XL = extended long lead
HOLD CURRENT (VALUE DIVIDED BY 100 = HOLD CURRENT IN AMPS)
SERIES
VOLTAGE RATING (VDC)
Packaging
Part Number
Ordering
Number
I hold
(A)
I hold
Codes
Packaging
Option
Quantity
Quantity &
Packaging Codes
12VL170
12VL170U
1.70
170
Bulk
500
U
12VL175L
12VL175LU
1.75
175
Bulk
500
U
12VL175XL
12VL175XLU
1.75
175
Bulk
500
U
12VL230
12VL230U
2.30
230
Bulk
500
U
VL Series
126
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/VL.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Axial Lead Battery Strap Type > VT Series
VT Series
Description
The new VT Series device provides reliable, noncycling
protection against overcharging and short circuits events
for rechargeable battery cells where resettable protection
is desired.
Features
t3P)4DPNQMJBOUBOE
lead–free
t8FMEBCMF/JDLFMUFSNJOBMT
t4MJNMPXQSPmMFEFTJHO
t$PNQBDUEFTJHOTBWFT
board space
t-PXSFTJTUBODF
Agency Approvals
AGENCY
Applications
AGENCY FILE NUMBER
t3FDIBSHFBCMFCBUUFSZDFMM
protection
- Mobile phones
- Laptop computers
E183209
R50119583
Electrical Characteristics
I trip
(A)
V max
(Vdc)
I max
(A)
Pd
max.
(W)
16VT170
1.70
3.40
16
100
1.4
16VT170XS
1.70
3.40
16
100
16VT175
1.75
3.80
16
100
16VT175S
1.75
3.80
16
16VT175L
1.75
3.80
16VT175XL
1.75
16VT175EL
1.75
16VT175NEL
16VT200
Maximum Time
To Trip
Agency
Approvals
Resistance
Current
(A)
Time
(Sec.)
R min
(Ω)
R typ
(Ω)
R 1max
(Ω)
8.50
3.00
0.030
0.052
0.105
X
X
1.4
8.50
3.00
0.030
0.052
0.105
X
X
1.4
9.00
3.00
0.025
0.045
0.090
X
X
100
1.4
9.00
3.00
0.025
0.045
0.090
X
X
16
100
1.4
9.00
3.00
0.025
0.045
0.090
X
X
3.80
16
100
1.4
8.75
5.00
0.029
0.051
0.102
X
X
3.60
16
100
1.4
8.75
5.00
0.029
0.051
0.102
X
X
1.75
3.60
16
100
1.4
8.75
5.00
0.029
0.051
0.102
X
X
2.00
4.50
16
100
1.5
10.00
4.00
0.021
0.039
0.080
X
X
16VT200S
2.00
4.50
16
100
1.5
10.00
4.00
0.021
0.039
0.080
X
X
16VT200UL
2.00
4.70
16
100
1.5
10.00
5.00
0.022
0.039
0.076
X
X
16VT210
2.10
4.70
16
100
1.5
10.00
5.00
0.018
0.030
0.060
X
X
16VT210S
2.10
4.70
16
100
1.5
10.00
5.00
0.018
0.030
0.060
X
X
16VT210SS
2.10
4.70
16
100
1.5
10.00
5.00
0.018
0.030
0.060
X
X
16VT210L
2.10
4.70
16
100
1.5
10.00
5.00
0.018
0.030
0.060
X
X
16VT210NL
2.10
4.70
16
100
1.5
10.00
5.00
0.018
0.035
0.065
X
X
16VT210UL
2.10
4.70
16
100
1.5
10.00
5.00
0.018
0.035
0.065
X
X
16VT240
2.40
5.40
16
100
1.5
12.00
4.00
0.015
0.026
0.052
X
X
I hold = Hold current: maximum current device will pass without tripping in 20°C still air.
R typ = Typical resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
I trip = Trip current: minimum current at which the device will trip in 20°C still air.
R 1max = Maximum resistance of device at 20°C measured one hour after tripping or reflow
soldering of 260°C for 20 sec.
V max = Maximum voltage device can withstand without damage at rated current (I max)
Caution: Operation beyond the specified rating may result in damage and possible arcing
and flame.
I max = Maximum fault current device can withstand without damage at rated voltage (Vmax)
P d = Power dissipated from device when in the tripped state at 20°C still air.
R min = Minimum resistance of device in initial (un-soldered) state.
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/VT.html for current information.
127
VT Series
VT Series
Part Number
I hold
(A)
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Axial Lead Battery Strap Type > VT Series
Temperature Rerating
Ambient Operation Temperature
-40°C
-20°C
0°C
23°C
50°C
60°C
70°C
85°C
16VT170
3.20
2.70
2.20
1.70
16VT170XS
3.20
2.70
2.20
1.70
1.30
1.00
0.80
0.50
0.10
1.30
1.00
0.80
0.50
16VT175
3.20
2.70
2.20
0.10
1.75
1.30
1.00
0.80
0.50
16VT175S
3.20
2.70
0.10
2.20
1.75
1.30
1.00
0.80
0.50
16VT175L
3.20
0.10
2.70
2.20
1.75
1.30
1.00
0.80
0.50
16VT175XL
0.10
3.20
2.70
2.20
1.75
1.30
1.00
0.80
0.50
0.10
16VT175EL
3.20
2.70
2.20
1.75
1.30
1.00
0.80
0.50
0.10
16VT175NEL
3.20
2.70
2.20
1.75
1.30
1.00
0.80
0.50
0.10
16VT200
3.70
3.20
2.60
2.00
1.50
1.20
0.90
0.50
0.10
16VT200S
3.70
3.20
2.60
2.00
1.50
1.20
0.90
0.50
0.10
16VT200UL
3.70
3.20
2.60
2.00
1.50
1.20
0.90
0.50
0.10
16VT210
4.10
3.50
2.90
2.10
1.60
1.30
1.00
0.70
0.10
16VT210S
4.10
3.50
2.90
2.10
1.60
1.30
1.00
0.70
0.10
16VT210SS
4.10
3.50
2.90
2.10
1.60
1.30
1.00
0.70
0.10
16VT210L
4.10
3.50
2.90
2.10
1.60
1.30
1.00
0.70
0.10
16VT210NL
4.10
3.50
2.90
2.10
1.60
1.30
1.00
0.70
0.10
16VT210UL
4.10
3.50
2.90
2.10
1.60
1.30
1.00
0.70
0.10
16VT240
4.40
3.70
3.10
2.40
1.80
1.50
1.20
0.90
0.10
Part Number
Hold Current (A)
Temperature Rerating Curve
2.40 A
2.10 A
2.00 A
1.75 A
1.70 A
Average Time Current Curves
200%
VT
10
170%
150%
Percentage of Rated Current
Time in Seconds
40°C
1
130%
110%
90%
70%
50%
30%
10%
-40 -30 -20
-10
0
10
20 30
40
Temperature (°C)
50
60
70
80
0.1
0.01
1
10
100
1000
Current in Amperes
The average time current curves and Temperature Rerating curve performance is affected
by a number or variables, and these curves provided as guidance only. Customer must
verify the performance in their application.
VT Series
128
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/VT.html for current information.
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Axial Lead Battery Strap Type > VT Series
Physical Specifications
Environmental Specifications
Terminal Material
0.13mm nominal thickness, quarter-hard
Nickel
Operating/Storage
Temperature
-40°C to +85°C
Insulating Material
Polyester tape
Passive Aging
+70°C, 1000 hours,
-/+10% typical resistance change
Humidity Aging
+85°C, 85%R.H., 7 days,
-/+5% typical resistance change
Thermal Shock
MIL–STD–202F, Method 107G,
+85°C/-40°C 20 times
-30% typical resistance change
Vibration
MIL–STD–883C, Method 2007.1,
Condition A, No change
Part Marking System
Double Sided Marking
Top Side
Product Series
VT
210
Littelfuse
Trademark
Current Rating
Bottom Side
Lot Number
(Contact Littelfuse for
additional information)
VT
210
XXEF
Dimensions
Figure 1
Figure 3
Figure 2
(Items with S at end of part number)
0.5 x 4.0 NOMINAL
SLIT
(.02”x .15”)
A
A
E
B
0.5 x 4.0 NOMINAL
SLIT
(.02”x .15”)
A
E
D1
D2
D2
A
B
E
B
D1
D1
Figure 4
(Items with SS at end of part number)
E
B
D2
D2
D1
C
C
C
C
Figure 5
Figure 6
A
A
E
E
D1
B
D2
D1
D2
C
A
Part Number
Figure
Inches
Min. Max.
B
mm
Min.
Max.
Inches
C
C
mm
Inches
D1
mm
Inches
D2
mm
Inches
E
mm
Inches
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max
Min
Max
Min Max
Min
Max
Min Max
mm
Min
Max
16VT170
1
0.61 0.69 15.40 17.50 0.28 0.29 7.00 7.40 0.02 0.03 0.50 0.80 0.16 0.24
4.0
6.2
0.16 0.24
4.0
6.2
0.15 0.16 3.90 4.10
16VT170XS
2
0.82 0.90 20.90 22.90 0.19 0.21 4.90 5.30 0.02 0.03 0.50 0.80 0.16 0.34
4.0
8.6
0.16 0.34
4.0
8.6
0.15 0.16 3.90 4.10
16VT175
1
0.82 0.87 20.90 22.20 0.14 0.15 3.50 3.80 0.02 0.03 0.50 0.80 0.16 0.20
4.0
5.0
0.16 0.20
4.0
5.0
0.11 0.12 2.90 3.10
16VT175S
2
0.82 0.87 20.90 22.20 0.14 0.15 3.50 3.80 0.02 0.03 0.50 0.80 0.16 0.20
4.0
5.0
0.16 0.20
4.0
5.0
0.11 0.12 2.90 3.10
6.0
16VT175L
1
1.02 1.10 26.00 28.00 0.14 0.15 3.50 3.80 0.02 0.03 0.50 0.80 0.24
16VT175XL
4
1.00 1.11 25.50 28.20 0.14 0.15 3.50 3.90 0.02 0.03 0.50 0.80 0.34 0.41
–
16VT175EL
6
1.53 1.62 38.80 41.20 0.14 0.15 3.50 3.90 0.02 0.03 0.60 0.80 0.74 0.80 18.7 20.3 0.34 0.41
8.7
10.3 0.09 0.10 2.40 2.60
16VT175NEL
6
1.53 1.62 38.80 41.20 0.11 0.13 2.90 3.30 0.02 0.03 0.60 0.80 0.79 0.87 20.0 22.0 0.20 0.27
5.2
6.8
0.09 0.10 2.40 2.60
16VT200
1
0.82 0.91 20.90 23.10 0.15 0.17 3.80 4.30 0.02 0.03 0.60 0.70 0.16 0.20
4.0
5.0
0.16 0.20
4.0
5.0
0.11 0.12 2.90 3.10
16VT200S
2
0.82 0.91 20.90 23.10 0.15 0.17 3.80 4.30 0.02 0.03 0.60 0.70 0.16 0.20
4.0
5.0
0.16 0.20
4.0
5.0
0.11 0.12 2.90 3.10
8.7
–
0.24
–
10.3 0.22 0.29
6.0
–
0.11 0.12 2.90 3.10
5.7
7.3
0.09 0.10 2.40 2.60
16VT200UL
4
1.42 1.54 36.00 39.00 0.16 0.17 4.10 4.30 0.02 0.03 0.50 0.80 0.15 0.21
3.9
5.3
0.78 0.85 19.7
21.5 0.11 0.12 2.90 3.10
16VT210
1
0.82 0.91 20.90 23.10 0.19 0.21 4.90 5.30 0.02 0.03 0.60 0.80 0.16 0.23
4.1
5.8
0.16 0.23
4.1
5.8
0.15 0.16 3.90 4.10
16VT210S
2
0.82 0.91 20.90 23.10 0.19 0.21 4.90 5.30 0.02 0.03 0.60 0.80 0.16 0.23
4.1
5.8
0.16 0.23
4.1
5.8
0.15 0.16 3.90 4.10
16VT210SS
3
0.82 0.91 20.90 23.10 0.19 0.21 4.90 5.30 0.02 0.03 0.60 0.80 0.16 0.23
4.1
5.8
0.16 0.23
4.1
5.8
0.15 0.16 3.90 4.10
0.20 0.28
5.0
7.1
0.15 0.16 3.90 4.10
0.98
–
25.0
–
0.11 0.12 2.90 3.10
1.12
–
28.5
–
0.15 0.16 3.90 4.10
5.0
5.7
0.15 0.16 3.90 4.10
16VT210L
1
0.94 1.02 24.00 26.00 0.19 0.21 4.90 5.30 0.02 0.03 0.60 0.80 0.20 0.28
5.0
7.1
16VT210NL
5
2.78 2.81 70.50 71.50 0.15 0.17 3.80 4.30 0.02 0.03 0.60 0.80 0.98
–
25.0
–
16VT210UL
5
2.78 2.81 70.50 71.50 0.19 0.21 4.90 5.30 0.02 0.03 0.60 0.80 1.12
–
28.5
–
16VT240
1
0.95 1.03 24.20 26.20 0.19 0.21 4.90 5.30 0.02 0.03 0.60 0.80 0.20 0.22
5.0
5.7
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/VT.html for current information.
129
0.20 0.22
VT Series
VT Series
B
POLYFUSE® Resettable PTCs
Axial Lead Battery Strap Type > VT Series
Part Ordering Number System
16 VT 175 NEL U
QUANTITY CODE
U: 500 (bulk)
LEAD OPTIONS: Blank = standard
EL = extra long lead
L = long lead
NEL = narrow extra long lead
NL = narrow long lead
S = slit lead
SS = both leads slit
UL = ultra long lead
XL = extended long lead
XS = extended long lead slit
HOLD CURRENT (VALUE DIVIDED BY 100 = HOLD CURRENT IN AMPS)
SERIES
Voltage Rating (VDC)
Packaging
Ordering
Number
I hold
(A)
I hold Code
Packaging
Option
Quantity
Quantity &
Packaging Codes
16VT170
16VT170U
1.70
170
Bulk
500
U
16VT170XS
16VT170XSU
1.70
170
Bulk
500
U
Part Number
16VT175
16VT175U
1.75
175
Bulk
500
U
16VT175S
16VT175SU
1.75
175
Bulk
500
U
16VT175L
16VT175LU
1.75
175
Bulk
500
U
16VT175XL
16VT175XLU
1.75
175
Bulk
500
U
16VT175EL
16VT175ELU
1.75
175
Bulk
500
U
16VT175NEL
16VT175NELU
1.75
175
Bulk
500
U
16VT200
16VT200U
2.00
200
Bulk
500
U
16VT200S
16VT200SU
2.00
200
Bulk
500
U
16VT200UL
16VT200ULU
2.00
200
Bulk
500
U
16VT210
16VT210U
2.10
210
Bulk
500
U
16VT210S
16VT210SU
2.10
210
Bulk
500
U
16VT210SS
16VT210SSU
2.10
210
Bulk
500
U
16VT210L
16VT210LU
2.10
210
Bulk
500
U
16VT210NL
16VT210NLU
2.10
210
Bulk
500
U
16VT210UL
16VT210ULU
2.10
210
Bulk
500
U
16VT240
16VT240U
2.40
240
Bulk
500
U
VT Series
130
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Please refer to www.littelfuse.com/series/VT.html for current information.
To assist you with your electronics design and selection processes,
Littelfuse also offers:
Comprehensive Online Product Specs on Littelfuse.com—Featuring easy-to-use
navigation, search and selection tools, as well as additional product details.
You can rely on Littelfuse.com for instant answers and continuously
up-to-date information..
Printed Product Catalogs—For offline and off-the-shelf convenience, our printed
product catalogs include data sheets, selection tables and tutorials covering all
of our core technologies. Contact your Littelfuse product representative or visit
www.littelfuse.com/catalogs to check availability.
Circuit Protection Design Guides—Our application design center website,
www.littelfuse.com/designcenter, offers a wealth of circuit protection guidance
to help you select and apply the best circuit protection solution for your
application.
As the world's #1 brand in circuit protection, Littelfuse offers a complete
portfolio of circuit protection products. To request our catalogs, please contact
your authorized Littelfuse product representative or visit our website at
www.littelfuse.com/catalogs
Littelfuse offers several technologies to protect sensitive electronic circuits from excess
current resulting from overloads, short circuits, power cross or ground faults. Our overcurrent
protection product line includes:
Fuses Littelfuse offers the world’s broadest range of fuse types and ratings, including
cartridge, leaded, surface mount and thin film designs
PTCs
Positive Temperature Coefficient thermistor technology provides
resettable current-limiting protection
Littelfuse offers multiple technologies for overvoltage suppression and switching to protect sensitive electronic
circuits from excessive voltage resulting from electrostatic discharge (ESD), load switching or lightning strikes.
Our overvoltage protection product line includes:
Varistors Littelfuse offers surface mount Multi-Layer Varistors (MLVs) and industrial
Metal Oxide Varistors (MOVs) to protect against transients
GDTs Gas Discharge Tubes (GDTs) to dissipate voltage through
a contained plasma gas
Thyristors Littelfuse's solid state switches control the flow of current in
a wide range of appliances, tools and equipment
SIDACtor® Devices Overvoltage protection specifically designed for telecom
and datacom requirements
TVS Diodes Silicon transient voltage suppression (TVS) devices
SPAs Silicon Protection Arrays designed for analog and digital signal line protection
PulseGuard® ESD Suppressors Small, fast-acting Electrostatic
Discharge (ESD) suppressors
©2008 Littelfuse, Inc. Printed in USA
Specifications descriptions and illustrative material in this literature are as accurate as known at the time of publication,
but are subject to changes without notice. Visit www.littelfuse.com for the most up-to-date technical information.
FORM NO. EC112
Revision Code: EC2112v1E0810
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement